Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3...

172
Operating Instructions METTLER TOLEDO Excellence Precision Balances and Weighing Platforms for Ex Zone 2 www.mt.com/support

Transcript of Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3...

Page 1: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

Operating Instructions

METTLER TOLEDO Excellence Precision Balances and Weighing Platformsfor Ex Zone 2

www.mt.com/support

Page 2: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

Overview

2

Power Supply Aux 1 Aux 2 RS 23

1mg

12

3

3

3

6

7

8

9

10

13 14

1516

17

4

6

8

11

6

10

12

11

11

10

10

6

11

12

3

3

3

4

12

3

3

3

4

12

3

3

3

4

5

18

187

6

Overview of Excellence precision balances for Ex-zone 2

1 Terminal(fordetailss.Section5) 2 Display(Touch-sensitive“TouchScreen”) 3 Operatingkeys 4 Typename 5 Glassdraftshield 6 Weighingpan 7 Draftshieldelement 8 Levelindicator 9 Fasteningpointforanti-theftdevice 10 Safetyfoots(10mg,0.1g+1gmodels) 11 Levellingscrew 12 RS232Cserialinterface 13 Slotforsecondinterface(optional) 14 SocketforACadapter 15 Aux1(connectionfor“ErgoSens”) 16 Aux2(connectionfor“ErgoSens”) 17 Fasteningforauxiliarydisplaystandorterminalstand(optional) 18 Handleforoperationofthedraft-shielddoor

S + M platforms:

Page 3: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

Overview

3

12

1

5

2

6 8

9

13

14 15 16

17

183

3

4

7

11

3

10

11 6

186

6

1 Terminalwithterminalsupport(fordetailss.Section5) 2 Display(Touch-sensitive“TouchScreen”) 3 Operatingkeys 4 Typename 5 Weighingpan 6 Pointsofattachmentforterminalorcover 7 Cover 8 Levelindicator 9 Fasteningpointforanti-theftdevice 10 Coverplateforbelow-thebalanceweighing(hookoptional) 11 Levellingscrew 12 RS232Cserialinterface 13 Slotforsecondinterface(optional) 14 Connectorforterminalcable 15 Aux1(connectionfor“ErgoSens”) 16 Aux2(connectionfor“ErgoSens”) 17 SocketforACadapter 18 Fasteningforterminalstand(optional)

L platform:

Page 4: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

Overview

4

Power Supply Aux 1 Aux 2 RS 23

1mg

S + M Platforms:

1

2

3

3

3

5

6

7

8

9

10 11

12

1314

8

8

8

5

1

7

7

7

8

8

4

3

1

1

15

15

8

8

4

Overview of Excellence precision weighing platforms for Ex-zone 2

1 Typename 2 Glassdraftshield 3 Weighingpan 4 Draftshieldelement 5 Levelindicator 6 Fasteningpointforanti-theftdevice 7 Safetyfoots(10mg,0.1g+1gmodels) 8 Levellingscrew 9 RS232Cserialinterface 10 Slotforsecondinterface(optional) 11 SocketforACadapter 12 Aux1 13 Aux2 14 Fasteningforauxiliarydisplaystandorterminalstand(optional) 15 Handleforoperationofthedraft-shielddoor

3

Page 5: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

Overview

5

1 Typename 2 Weighingpan 3 Pointsofattachmentforterminalorcover 4 Cover 5 Levelindicator 6 Fasteningpointforanti-theftdevice 7 Coverplateforbelow-thebalanceweighing(hookoptional) 8 Levellingscrew 9 RS232Cserialinterface 10 Slotforsecondinterface(optional) 11 Connectorforterminalcable 12 Aux1 13 Aux2 14 SocketforACadapter 15 Fasteningforterminalstand(optional)

12

2

6

8

913

14

3

3

4

711

10

18

5

8

3

3

4 3

3

154

1

L Platform:

Page 6: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

Contents

6

Contents1 Getting to know your balance ........................................................................................................................ 11

1.1 Introduction............................................................................................................................................................... 111.2 IntroducingtheXS-Ex2precisionbalancesandX-Ex2weighingplatforms..................................................................... 111.3 Conventionsandsymbolsusedintheseoperatinginstructions.................................................................................... 111.4 Cautionarynotes–Intendeduse................................................................................................................................ 12

2 Setting up the balance .................................................................................................................................. 14

2.1 Unpackingandcheckingthestandardequipment....................................................................................................... 142.1.1 Thefollowingcomponentsarestandardequipment:.................................................................................................... 142.1.2 UnpackingtheDraftshield......................................................................................................................................... 152.2 Settingupthebalance/weighingplatform................................................................................................................... 162.2.1 Installingthedraftshieldandweighingpan................................................................................................................ 162.2.2 PlacingtheterminalontheXS-Ex2balancewithLweighingplatform........................................................................... 172.3 Selectingthelocationandlevelofthebalance/weighingplatform............................................................................... 192.3.1 Selectingthelocation................................................................................................................................................ 192.3.2 Levelingthebalance/weighingplatform.................................................................................................................... 192.4 InstallationoftheACadapterPSX2............................................................................................................................. 202.4.1 InstallationintheExhazadousarea(zone2).............................................................................................................. 202.4.2 InstallationoutsidetheExhazadousarea................................................................................................................... 202.4.3 Connectiontothebalance/weighingplatform............................................................................................................. 212.4.4 Dismantling............................................................................................................................................................... 212.5 MarkingtheBalance/WeighingplatformandtheACAdapter...................................................................................... 22

3 Connection of peripheral devices and system integration ................................................................................ 23

3.1 Usageofdatainterface“RS232”intheExhazardousarea(zone2)............................................................................. 233.1.1 Theperipheraldevice«P»islocatedinsidetheExhazardousarea................................................................................ 233.1.2 Theperipheraldevice«P»(e.g.PCorprinter)islocatedoutsidetheExhazardousarea................................................. 243.2 Usageoftheoptionaldatainterface“Bluetooth”intheExhazardousarea.................................................................... 253.2.1 Theperipheraldevice«P»islocatedinsidetheExhazardousarea................................................................................ 253.2.2 Theperipheraldevice«P»(e.g.printer)islocatedoutsidetheExhazardousarea.......................................................... 253.3 SpecificationsoftheRS232Cinterface........................................................................................................................ 263.4 MT-SICSInterfacecommandsandfunctions................................................................................................................ 27

4 Your first weighing (XS-Ex2 models only) ...................................................................................................... 30

4.1 Switchingthebalanceonandoff................................................................................................................................ 304.2 Performingasimpleweighing..................................................................................................................................... 30

5 Basic principles for using the terminal and the software(XS-Ex2 models only) ................................................. 31

5.1 Anoverviewoftheterminal........................................................................................................................................ 315.2 Thedisplay................................................................................................................................................................ 325.3 Thebalancesoftware................................................................................................................................................. 335.4 Thetypicaloperatingsequence.................................................................................................................................. 355.5 Thesecuritysysteminyourbalance............................................................................................................................ 36

6 System settings (XS-Ex2 models only) .......................................................................................................... 37

6.1 Callingupthesystemsettings.................................................................................................................................... 376.2 Anoverviewofthesystemsettings.............................................................................................................................. 376.3 Settingsforcalibrationandtests................................................................................................................................. 386.3.1 Fullyautomaticadjustmentfunction“FACT”................................................................................................................. 386.3.2 Defineexternaladjustmentweight.............................................................................................................................. 39

Page 7: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

Contents

7

6.3.3 Defineexternaltestweight.......................................................................................................................................... 406.3.4 Defineadjustmentandtestprintouts........................................................................................................................... 406.4 Specifybalanceparameters....................................................................................................................................... 416.4.1 Adaptationtothetypeofbalance............................................................................................................................... 426.4.2 Adaptationtotheambientconditions.......................................................................................................................... 426.4.3 Speedofthevaluerelease......................................................................................................................................... 426.4.4 Automaticzerosetting................................................................................................................................................ 426.5 Selectdialoglanguage.............................................................................................................................................. 436.6 Selectperipheraldevices............................................................................................................................................ 436.7 Terminalsettings........................................................................................................................................................ 456.8 Dateandtime............................................................................................................................................................ 466.9 Defineaccessrightsandspecifythepassword............................................................................................................ 476.10 Energysavingfunction(standby)................................................................................................................................ 486.11 Settingsforexternalkeys(Auxconnections)................................................................................................................ 486.12 Loadingthefactorysettings........................................................................................................................................ 496.13 Accessbalanceinformation....................................................................................................................................... 496.14 Printingthesystemsettings........................................................................................................................................ 50

7 The “Weighing” application (XS-Ex2 models only) ......................................................................................... 51

7.1 Selecttheapplication................................................................................................................................................ 517.2 Settingsforthe“Weighing”application........................................................................................................................ 517.2.1 Overview.................................................................................................................................................................... 517.2.2 Selectfunctionkeys................................................................................................................................................... 537.2.3 Selectinformationfields............................................................................................................................................. 547.2.4 Selectionsforautomaticprintouts............................................................................................................................... 547.2.5 Selectweighingunits................................................................................................................................................. 557.2.6 Definefreelyselectableweighingunits....................................................................................................................... 557.2.7 Defineprintout........................................................................................................................................................... 567.2.8 Selectionsformanualprintouts.................................................................................................................................. 587.2.9 Formattingtheoutputdata......................................................................................................................................... 587.2.10 Defineidentifier.......................................................................................................................................................... 617.2.11 Specificationsforhandlingbarcodedata.................................................................................................................... 617.2.12 Specificationsforprocessingkeyboardentries............................................................................................................. 627.3 Workingwiththe“Weighing”application..................................................................................................................... 637.3.1 Changingthereadabilityofthemeasuredweight........................................................................................................ 637.3.2 Workingwiththeitemcounter.................................................................................................................................... 637.3.3 Workingwithidentifiers.............................................................................................................................................. 637.4 Adjustthebalanceandchecktheadjustment............................................................................................................. 657.4.1 FullyautomaticadjustmentFACT................................................................................................................................ 657.4.2 Adjustmentwiththeinternalweight............................................................................................................................ 657.4.3 Adjustmentwithanexternalweight............................................................................................................................. 667.4.4 Checkingtheadjustmentwiththeinternalweight........................................................................................................ 677.4.5 Checkingtheadjustmentwithanexternalweight........................................................................................................ 677.4.6 Adjustmentandtestprint-outs(sampleprintouts)........................................................................................................ 68

8 The “Statistics” application (XS-Ex2 models only) .......................................................................................... 69

8.1 Introductiontothe“Statistics”application.................................................................................................................... 698.2 Selecttheapplication................................................................................................................................................ 698.3 Settingsforthe“Statistics”application........................................................................................................................ 698.3.1 Overview.................................................................................................................................................................... 698.3.2 Specialfunctionkeysforstatisticalpurposes............................................................................................................... 70

Page 8: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

Contents

8

8.3.3 Specialstatisticalinformationfields............................................................................................................................ 718.3.4 Specialprintoutinformationforstatisticalpurposes..................................................................................................... 718.3.5 Activateadditivemode............................................................................................................................................... 738.4 Workingwiththe“Statistics”application...................................................................................................................... 738.4.1 Statisticalrecordingofseriesofweighings.................................................................................................................. 738.4.2 Additiveweighingtoatargetvalue.............................................................................................................................. 758.4.3 Sampleprintoutwithstatisticalvalues......................................................................................................................... 768.4.4 Formulasusedforcalculatingstatisticalvalues........................................................................................................... 77

9 The “Formulation” application (XS-Ex2 models only) ...................................................................................... 78

9.1 Introductiontothe“Formulation”application.............................................................................................................. 789.2 Selecttheapplication................................................................................................................................................ 789.3 Settingsforthe“Formulation”application.................................................................................................................... 789.3.1 Overview.................................................................................................................................................................... 789.3.2 Specialfunctionkeysforformulation........................................................................................................................... 799.3.3 Specialinformationfieldsforformulation.................................................................................................................... 809.3.4 Specialprintoutinformationforformulation................................................................................................................. 809.3.5 Specialidentifiersforformulation................................................................................................................................ 829.4 Workingwiththe“Formulation”application................................................................................................................. 829.4.1 Defaultsettings.......................................................................................................................................................... 829.4.2 Operatingsequence................................................................................................................................................... 839.4.3 Sampleprintoutforaformulation............................................................................................................................... 84

10 The “Density” application (XS-Ex2 models only) ............................................................................................. 85

10.1 Introductiontothe“Density”application...................................................................................................................... 8510.2 Selecttheapplication................................................................................................................................................ 8510.3 Settingsforthe“Density”application........................................................................................................................... 8510.3.1 Overview.................................................................................................................................................................... 8510.3.2 Choosingthemethodofdensitydetermination........................................................................................................... 8610.3.3 Selectionoftheauxiliaryliquid................................................................................................................................... 8610.3.4 Activateordeactivatethestatistics.............................................................................................................................. 8710.3.5 Specificationsforcalculatinganddisplayingtheresult................................................................................................ 8710.3.6 Specialfunctionkeysfordensitydetermination........................................................................................................... 8710.3.7 Specialinformationfieldsfordensitydetermination..................................................................................................... 8810.3.8 Specialprintinformationfordensitydetermination...................................................................................................... 8910.4 Workingwiththe“Density”application........................................................................................................................ 9110.4.1 Determiningthedensityofnon-poroussolidbodies..................................................................................................... 9110.4.2 Determiningthedensityofliquidsusingasinker......................................................................................................... 9210.4.3 Determiningthedensityofpasteswiththeaidofagammasphere.............................................................................. 9310.4.4 Sampleprintoutofadensitydetermination................................................................................................................. 9410.5 Usingthedensitystatistics.......................................................................................................................................... 9510.6 Formulaeusedtocalculatedensity............................................................................................................................. 9710.6.1 Formulaefordeterminingthedensityofsolidbodies................................................................................................... 9710.6.2 Formulaefordeterminingthedensityofliquidsandpastes.......................................................................................... 9710.7 Densitytablefordistilledwater................................................................................................................................... 9810.8 Densitytableforethanol............................................................................................................................................. 98

11 The “Percent Weighing” application (XS-Ex2 models only) ............................................................................. 99

11.1 Introductiontothe“PercentWeighing”application...................................................................................................... 9911.2 Selectingtheapplication............................................................................................................................................ 9911.3 Settingsforthe“PercentWeighing”application........................................................................................................... 99

Page 9: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

Contents

9

11.3.1 Overview.................................................................................................................................................................... 9911.3.2 Specialfunctionkeysforpercentweighing................................................................................................................ 10011.3.3 Specialinformationfieldsforpercentweighing.......................................................................................................... 10011.3.4 AdditionalUnitforpercentweighing.......................................................................................................................... 10111.3.5 SpecialReportInformationforpercentweighing........................................................................................................ 10111.4 Workingwiththe“PercentWeighing”application....................................................................................................... 10211.4.1 Simplepercentweighing.......................................................................................................................................... 10211.4.2 Percentweighingtoatargetvalue............................................................................................................................ 10311.4.3 Exampleofapercentweighingreport....................................................................................................................... 103

12 The “Piece Counting” application (XS-Ex2 models only) ............................................................................... 104

12.1 Introductiontothe“PieceCounting”application........................................................................................................ 10412.2 Selectingtheapplication.......................................................................................................................................... 10412.3 Settingsforthe“PieceCounting”application............................................................................................................. 10412.3.1 Overview.................................................................................................................................................................. 10412.3.2 Specifyingthefixedreferencepiececount................................................................................................................ 10512.3.3 Specialfunctionkeysforpiececounting................................................................................................................... 10512.3.4 Specialinformationfieldsforpiececounting............................................................................................................. 10612.3.5 Additionalunitforpiececounting............................................................................................................................. 10712.3.6 Specialreportinformationforpiececounting............................................................................................................ 10712.4 Workingwiththe“PieceCounting”application.......................................................................................................... 10812.4.1 Simplepiececounting............................................................................................................................................. 10812.4.2 Totalingpiececountsandincludingtheminstatistics................................................................................................ 11012.4.3 Countingtoatargetvalue........................................................................................................................................ 11212.4.4 Exampleofapiececountingreportwithstatisticalvalues.......................................................................................... 113

13 The “Dynamic Weighing” application (XS-Ex2 models only) ......................................................................... 114

13.1 Introductiontothe“DynamicWeighing”application................................................................................................... 11413.2 Selectingtheapplication.......................................................................................................................................... 11413.3 Settingsforthe“DynamicWeighing”Application........................................................................................................ 11413.3.1 Overview.................................................................................................................................................................. 11413.3.2 Specialfunctionkeysfordynamicweighing.............................................................................................................. 11513.3.3 Adaptingtheapplicationtothedynamicbehavioroftheweighingmaterial................................................................ 11613.3.4 Settingsforthestartofweighing............................................................................................................................... 11613.3.5 Settingsforthebeepattheendofthemeasurementcycle........................................................................................ 11713.3.6 Settingsfortheautomatictarefunction..................................................................................................................... 11713.3.7 Specialinformationfieldsfordynamicweighing........................................................................................................ 11813.3.8 Specialreportinformationfordynamicweighing...................................................................................................... 11813.3.9 Automaticormanualreportingofindividualvalues.................................................................................................... 11913.3.10 Selectingthedestinationfortheoutputdata............................................................................................................. 12013.3.11 Formattingtheoutputdata....................................................................................................................................... 12013.3.12 Activateordeactivatestatistics................................................................................................................................. 12213.4 Workingwiththe“DynamicWeighing”application..................................................................................................... 12313.4.1 Dynamicweighingwithautomaticstart..................................................................................................................... 12313.4.2 Dynamicweighingwithmanualstart........................................................................................................................ 12413.4.3 Recordingstatisticsofdynamicweighing.................................................................................................................. 12413.4.4 Exampleofadynamicweighingreport...................................................................................................................... 125

14 The application “LabX Client” (XS-Ex2 models only) ..................................................................................... 126

14.1 Introductiontothe“LabXClient”application.............................................................................................................. 12614.2 Selectingtheapplication.......................................................................................................................................... 126

Page 10: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

Contents

10

15 Software updates ........................................................................................................................................ 127

15.1 Operatingprinciple.................................................................................................................................................. 12715.2 Requirements.......................................................................................................................................................... 12715.3 Loadingsoftwareupdatesfromtheinternet............................................................................................................... 12715.4 Loadingthenewsoftwareintothebalance/weighingplatform................................................................................... 12815.5 Savingandreloadingbalancesettings...................................................................................................................... 130

16 Error and status messages .......................................................................................................................... 131

16.1 Errormessagesoccurringduringnormaloperation................................................................................................... 13116.2 Furthererrormessages............................................................................................................................................ 13116.3 Statusmessages...................................................................................................................................................... 132

17 Cleaning and service .................................................................................................................................. 133

17.1 Cleaningthedraftshield.......................................................................................................................................... 134

18 Technical data and accessories ................................................................................................................... 135

18.1 Generaldata............................................................................................................................................................ 13518.2 Model-specificdataoftheExcellenceXS-Ex2precisionbalances............................................................................... 13618.2.1 XS-Ex2precisionbalanceswithreadabilityof0.1mg/1mg,Splatformwithdraftshield........................................... 13618.2.2 XS-Ex2precisionbalanceswithreadabilityof10mg/0.1g,Splatform...................................................................... 13718.2.3 XS-Ex2precisionbalanceswithreadabilityof10mg/0.1g,Mplatform..................................................................... 13818.2.4 XS-Ex2precisionbalanceswithreadabilityof0.1g/1g,Lplatform........................................................................... 13918.3 Model-specificdataoftheExcellenceX-Ex2precisionweighingplatforms.................................................................. 14018.3.1 X-Ex2precisionweighingplatformwithreadabilityof0.1mg/1mg,Splatformwithdraftshield................................ 14018.3.2 X-Ex2precisionweighingplatformwithreadabilityof10mg/0.1g,Splatform.......................................................... 14118.3.3 X-Ex2precisionweighingplatformwithreadabilityof0.1g,Mplatform...................................................................... 14218.3.4 X-Ex2precisionweighingplatformwithreadabilityof0.1g,Lplatform........................................................................ 14318.4 DimensionsoftheExcellenceXS-Ex2precisionbalances........................................................................................... 14418.4.1 XS-Ex2precisionbalanceswithreadabilityof0.1mg,Splatformwithdraftshield....................................................... 14418.4.2 XS-Ex2precisionbalanceswithreadabilityof1mg,Splatformwithdraftshield.......................................................... 14518.4.3 XS-Ex2precisionbalanceswithreadabilityof10mg,Splatformwithdraftshieldelement............................................ 14618.4.4 XS-Ex2precisionbalanceswithreadabilityof0.1g,Splatform................................................................................... 14718.4.5 XS-Ex2precisionbalanceswithreadabilityof10mg/0.1g,Mplatform..................................................................... 14818.4.6 XS-Ex2precisionbalanceswithreadabilityof0.1g/1g,Lplatform........................................................................... 14918.5 DimensionsoftheExcellenceX-Ex2precisionweighingplatforms.............................................................................. 15018.5.1 X-Ex2precisionweighingplatformswithreadabilityof0.1mg,Splatformwithdraftshield.......................................... 15018.5.2 X-Ex2precisionweighingplatformswithreadabilityof1mg,Splatformwithdraftshield............................................. 15118.5.3 X-Ex2precisionweighingplatformswithreadabilityof10mg,Splatformwithdraftshieldelement.............................. 15218.5.4 X-Ex2precisionweighingplatformswithreadabilityof0.1g,Splatform..................................................................... 15318.5.5 X-Ex2precisionweighingplatformswithreadabilityof0.1g,Mplatform..................................................................... 15418.5.6 X-Ex2precisionweighingplatformswithreadabilityof0.1g,Lplatform...................................................................... 15518.6 Accessories............................................................................................................................................................. 156

19 Appendix ................................................................................................................................................... 158

19.1 Conversiontableforweightunits.............................................................................................................................. 15819.2 SOPs-standardoperatingprocedures...................................................................................................................... 15919.3 Certificateoftheissuinginstitution........................................................................................................................... 16119.3.1 PowersupplyPSX2................................................................................................................................................... 16119.3.2 BalancesXS-Ex2andPlatformsX-Ex2........................................................................................................................ 164

20 Index ......................................................................................................................................................... 167

Page 11: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

Gettingtoknowyourbalance–Cautionarynotes–Intendeduse

11

1 Getting to know your balanceInthisSectionyouwillbegivenbasicinformationaboutyourbalance.PleasereadrightthroughthisSectioncarefullyevenifyoualreadyhaveexperiencewithMETTLERTOLEDObalances;please pay special attention to the safety warnings!

1.1 IntroductionThankyouforchoosingaMETTLERTOLEDObalance.

ExcellenceprecisionbalancesandplatformsforuseinZone2hazardousareascombineahostofweighingandsettingpossibilitieswithuncommonoperatingcomfort.WiththesebalancessoftwareupdatescanbedownloadedfromtheInternetandloadedintothebalance.TheseoperatinginstructionsapplytoallbalancesandweighingplatformsoftheXS/X-Ex2lineofprecisionbalances.However,thedifferentmodelshavedifferentcharacteristicsregardingequipmentandperformance.Specialnotesinthetextindicatewherethismakesadifferencetooperation.

1.2 Introducing the XS-Ex2 precision balances and X-Ex2 weighing platformsTheX/XS-Ex2familyofprecisionbalancescomprisesarangeofprecisionbalanceswhichdifferfromeachotherinrelationtotheirweighingrangeandresolution.ThefollowingfeaturesarecommontoallmodelsoftheX/XS-Ex2lines:

– Typeofprotection:EExnLforuseinZone2hazardousareas

– Fullyautomaticadjustment“FACT”usinginternalweight.

– IntegralRS232Cinterface.

– Built-inapplicationsfornormalweighing,statistics,formulation,piececounting,percentweighing,density, dynamicweighingandLabXClient.(XS-Ex2modelsonly)

– Touch-sensitivegraphicsterminal(“TouchScreen”)(XS-Ex2modelsonly)

Abriefwordaboutstandards,guidelines,andmethodsofqualityassurance:TheXS/X-Ex2precisionbalancesandplatformsconformtocurrentstandardsandguidelines.Theysupportstandardprocedures,specifications,workingmethods,andreportsaccordingtoGLP(GoodLaboratoryPractice),andallowthecreationofSOPs(StandardOperatingProcedure).Inthisconnection,recordsofworkingpro-ceduresandadjustmentsbecomeveryimportant;forthispurposewerecommendyoutouseaprinterfromtheMETTLERTOLEDOrange,sincetheseareoptimallyadaptedtoyourbalance.TheXS/X-Ex2precisionbalancesandplatformsconformtoallapplicablenormsandguidelinesandhaveanEUdeclarationofconformity.METTLERTOLEDOiscertifiedinaccordancewithISO9001andISO14001.

1.3 Conventions and symbols used in these operating instructionsThefollowingconventionsapplythroughouttheseoperatinginstructions:

– Keydesignationsareindicatedbydoubleangularparentheses(e.g.«On/Off»or«E»).

Thesesymbolsindicatesafetynotesandhazardwarningswhich,ifignored,cancausepersonaldangertotheuser,damagetothebalanceorotherequipment,ormalfunction-ingofthebalance.

Thissymbolindicatesadditionalinformationandnotes.Thesemakeworkingwithyourbalanceeasier,aswellasensuringthatyouuseitcorrectlyandeconomically.

Page 12: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

Gettingtoknowyourbalance–Cautionarynotes–Intendeduse

12

Cautionary notes regarding installation and operation in the Ex hazardous area, zone 2:

– Theinstallationmaybeperformedonlybyaqualifiedelectricianasdescribedinthisinstallationinforma-tion.

– Checkwhetherspecialclothingorspecialtoolsareneededforworkinthehazardousareaoftheend-userandthenwearorusetheseifrequired.

– Findoutwhethertheuseofcertainelectronicdevices(cellphones,computers,etc.) isprohibitedinthehazardousareaoftheend-user,andthenfollowtheseregulations.

– Establishingandseparatingtheconnectionstothepowersupplyareexclusivelythetaskoftheelectrician(s)oftheenduser.

– Anymodificationstothebalance/weighingplatformandACadapter,aswellasrepairstotheassemblies,areprohibited.Theseactionsendangerthesafetyofthesystem,resultinlossoftheExApproval,andnullifyanywarrantyandproductliabilityclaims.

– ServiceworkandrepairsmaybeperformedonlybypersonnelauthorizedbyMETTLERTOLEDO.

– Theclassificationaszone2mustbeconfirmedbytheregulatorybodyofyourprofession.

– CheckthatthebalanceandACadapterareinperfectconditionbeforeputtingintooperationforthefirsttimeandatleastevery3years.

1.4 Cautionary notes – Intended useAlwaysoperateanduseyourbalanceonlyinaccordancewiththeinstructionscontainedinthismanual.Pleasefollowtheinstructionsforcommissioningyournewbalance/weighingplatformcarefully.

If the instrument is not installed and used in accordance with these operating instructions, the protection provided the instrument and the safety will be impaired.

– Foruseonlyinclosedandcleaninteriorrooms

– Donotusesharplypointedobjectstooperatethekeyboardofyourbalance!

– Althoughyourbalance/weighingplatformisveryruggedlyconstructed,itisneverthlessaprecisioninstrument.Treatitwithcorrespondingcare.

– Donotopenthebalance/weighingplatformorpowersupplyunit.Theydonotcontainanypartsthatcanbemaintained,repairedorreplacedbytheuser.Ifyoueverhaveproblemswithyourbalance,contactyourMETTLERTOLEDOdealer.

– UseonlybalanceaccessoriesandperipheraldevicefromMETTLERTOLEDO;theyareoptimallyadaptedtoyourbalance.

– UseonlytheACadapterPSX2deliverdwithyourbalance/weighingplatform,andcheckthatthevoltageprintedonitsthesameasyourlocalpowersupplyvoltage.

Approved for use in Zone 2 hazardous areas.ThePSX2ACadaptersuppliesthepowertotheXS-Ex2precisionbalancesandX-Ex2precisionweighingplatformsfortheirintendeduseintheExhazardousareaclassifiedasZone2.Inthiszone,ignitableconcentrationsofflammablegases,vaporsorliquidsarenotlikelytooccurinnormaloperation,andiftheydooccur,willexistforonlyashortperiod.TheACadaptercanbeinstalledinsideoroutsidetheExhazardousarea.

Use in zone 1 and 0 is not permitted.

Page 13: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

Gettingtoknowyourbalance–Cautionarynotes–Intendeduse

13

– It is important toobserve theEuropeanDirectiveonEquipment IntendedforUse inPotentiallyExplosiveAtmospheres(94/9/EU)!

– Onlyaccessorieswhichareexplicitymentionedinthisdocumentmaybeused,andtheymustbeinstalledandoperatedasdescribedhere.

– Installationworkonthebalance/weighingplatformmustbecarriedoutoutsidethehazardousarea.

Safety measures during operation in the Ex hazardous area, zone 2:

– ACadapterandbalancemaybeoperatedonlywhenthehousingisclosed.

– The instrument and its protective cover must be damp-cleaned-replacetheprotectivecoveronlyoutsidethehazardousarea.

Hinweise:• AccordingtoDirective94/9/EU(ATEX95),XS-Ex2precisionbalances,X-Ex2precisionweighingplatforms,and

thePSX2ACadapterareGroupII,Category3Gdevicesthat,accordingtoDirective99/92/EU(ATEX137),canbeusedinZone2,aswellasinGasGroupsIIA,IIBandIIC,whicharepotentiallyignitablebycombustiblesubstancesintherangeofTemperatureClassesT1toT5.

• Foruse/installation,therequirementsofEN60079-14mustbeobserved.

Special Conditions X for the AC adapter PSX21. Thepowersupplycableof theMETTLERTOLEDOTypePSX2ACadaptermustbe installedwithprotection

againstmechanicaldamage.2. Onlythespecialplug-connectoroftheoutputcircuitmaybepluggedinto,orunpluggedfrom,apower-con-

sumingdevicesuchasabalancewhileitisundervoltage.3. Theinternalinductance(includingtheconnectingcable)ofanypower-consumingdeviceconnectedtothe

ACadaptermustnotexceed<10µH,anditsinternalcapacitymustnotexceed<213nF.Special Condition X for the balance / weighing platform 1. XS-Ex2precisionbalancesandX-Ex2precisionweighingplatformscanonlybeusedinclosedandclean

interiorspaces.2. Theinstrumentanditsprotectivecovermaybecleanedonlywithadamp cloth.3.Theprotectivecovermaybereplacedonlyoutsidethehazardousarea.

Technical data of the precision balances in the XS/X-Ex2 line and the AC adapter PSX2 see Section 18

Disposal

InconformancewiththeEuropeanDirective2002/96/EConWasteElectricalandElectronicEquipment(WEEE)thisdevicemaynotbedisposedofindomesticwaste.ThisalsoappliestocountriesoutsidetheEU,pertheirspecificrequirements.

Pleasedisposeofthisproductinaccordancewithlocalregulationsatthecollectingpointspecifiedforelectricalandelectronicequipment.

Ifyouhaveanyquestions,pleasecontacttheresponsibleauthorityorthedistributorfromwhichyoupurchasedthisdevice.

Shouldthisdevicebepassedontootherparties(forprivateorprofessionaluse),thecontentofthisregulationmustalsoberelated.

Thankyouforyourcontributiontoenvironmentalprotection.

Page 14: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

Settingupthebalance

14

2 Setting up the balanceInthissectionyouwilllearnhowtounpackyournewbalance/weighingplatform,setitupandprepareitforoperation.Oncompletionofthestepsdescribedinthissection,yourbalance/weighingplatformisreadyforoperation.

2.1 Unpacking and checking the standard equipmentOpenthepackagingandcarefullyremoveallcomponents.

2.1.1 The following components are standard equipment:

All types– XS-Ex2balanceorX-Ex2weighingplatform– ACadapterPSX2– Operatinginstructions,productioncertificateandCEdeclarationofconformity

Excellence precision balance / -weighing platform with readability of 0.1 mg– Protectivecoverforterminal(XSmodelsonly)– Draftshield“Pro”withbottomplateandringseal– Draftshieldelement– Weighingpanø90mm

Excellence precision balance / -weighing platform with readability of 1 mg– Protectivecoverforterminal(XSmodelsonly)– Draftshield“Pro”withBottomplate– Weighingpansupport– Weighingpan127x127mm

Excellence precision balance / -weighing platform with readability of 10 mg (S+M-Plattform)– Protectivecover– Weighingpansupport– Weighingpan

Splatform:170x205mmMplatform:237x237mm

– Draftshieldelement(Splatformonly)

Excellence precision balance / -weighing platform with readability of 0.1 g (S+M-Plattform) und 1 g (M-Plattform)– Protectivecover– Weighingpansupport– Weighingpan

Splatform:190x223mmMplatform:237x237mm

Excellence precision balance / -weighing platform with readability of 0.1 g und 1 g (L-Plattform)– Weighingpan280x360mm– Protectivecoverforterminal(XSmodelsonly)

Note:

– Thebalance/weighingplatformmustbedisconnectedfromthepowersupplybeforeanyset-uporinstallationwork.

– All unpacking, set-up, installation or disassembly work must be performed outside the hazardous area.

Page 15: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

Settingupthebalance

15

D C

EC D

A

B

– Placethedraftshieldonacleansurface.

– Placethedraftshieldonacleansurface.

– Liftthecarton(B)offoverthehandleandthepullthecartonofftowardtheback.

– Closethecover(A)again.

– Pushalltheglasspanelsasfarastheywillgototheback.

Note: Checkbyrunningafingerallthewayroundthatthesealring(C)isfittedtightlyintotheopeninginthedraftshieldbase(D),seeillustrationbelow.

Note: Holdtheglasspanelsfirmlysotheydo notgetpulledoffandfalltothefloor!

– Insertthebottomplate(E).

1 mg models:– Insertthebottomplate(E).

– Placetheringseal(C)intothedraftshieldbase(D)fromabove.

• Pushthecompleteringseal(C)throughtheopeninginthedraftshieldbaseandthenpullthetopedgeupwardthroughtheopeninguntniltheedgeliesflatandtightallthewayround.

2.1.2 Unpacking the Draft shield

0.1 mg models:

Page 16: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

Settingupthebalance

16

2

4

3

1

2

4

3

1

2.2 Setting up the balance/weighing platformThesizeoftheweighingpandependsonthereadabilityandmaximumcapacityofthebalance.

2.2.1 Installing the draft shield and weighing pan

Excellence precision balances/weighing platforms with readability of 0.1 mg, with draft shield

Placethefollowingcomponentsonthebalanceinthespecifiedorder:

Excellence precision balances/weighing platforms with readability of 1 mg, with draft shield

Placethefollowingcomponentsonthebalanceinthespecifiedorder:

Note: Pushthesideglassbackasfarasitwillgoandgraspthedraftshieldwithbothhandsonthebarsatthetop..

– Draftshield(1)withringsealinserted(Section2.1.2).

– Bottomplate(2),ifnotalreadyinserted(Section2.1.2)!

– Draftshieldelement(3)

– Weighingpan(4)

Note: Cleaningthedraftshield,seeSection15

Note: Pushthesideglassbackasfarasitwillgoandgraspthedraftshieldwithbothhandsonthebarsatthetop..

– Draftshield(1)

– Bottomplate(2),ifnotalreadyinserted(Section2.1.2)!

– Pansupport(3)

– Weighingpan(4)

Note: Cleaningthedraftshield,seeSection15

Excellence precision balances/weighing platforms with readability of 10 mg

Page 17: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

Settingupthebalance

17

1

2

3

1

2

2.2.2 Placing the terminal on the XS-Ex2 balance with L weighing platform

B

A

Theterminalcanbeattachedtothelongorshortsideofthebalance.

– Mounttheweighingpan.

– Carefullyturntheweighingplatformoverontotheweighingpan..

Attaching the terminal to the long side:

– Dismantlethecover(B)byremovingthe2screws(A).

Excellence precision balances/weighing platforms with readability of 10 mg (M platform), 0.1 g (S / M platform) and 1 g (M platform)

Placethefollowingcomponentsonthebalanceinthespecifiedorder:

– Pansupport(1)

– Weighingpan(2)

(S platform)

Placethefollowingcomponentsonthebalanceinthespecifiedorder:

– Pansupport(1)

– Weighingpan(2)

– Draftshieldelement(3). –>

Note: Itisalsopossibletoworkwithoutthedraftshieldelement(3).How-ever,dependingontheambientconditions,theresultmaybeslightlylessstable.

Page 18: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

Settingupthebalance

18

– Attachtheterminaltotheterminalsupport(C)asshown,usingthescrews(A)fromthecoverthatwasremoved.

– Inserttheterminalcable(D)intothecablechannel,asshown.

– Screwtheconnectoroftheterminalcableintothesocket(E).

– Turnthebalancebackoverintoposition.

Attaching the terminal to the short side:

– Dismantlethecover(G)byremovingthe2screws(F).

– Attachtheterminalwithterminalsupporttothepointsofattachment(H)withthescrews(F).

– Inserttheterminalcable(D)intothecablechannel,asshown.

– Screwtheconnectoroftheterminalcableintothesocket(E).

– Turnthebalancebackoverintoposition.

A D

C

E

F

G

H D E

Page 19: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

Settingupthebalance

19

A

B B

A

2.3 Selecting the location and level of the balance/weighing platformYourbalance/weighingplatformisaprecisioninstrumentandwillthankyouforanoptimumlocationwithhighaccuracyanddepend-ability

2.3.1 Selecting the location

Selectastable,vibration-freepositionthatisashorizontalaspossible.Thesurfacemustbeabletosafelycarrytheweightofafullyloadedbalance/weighingplatform.

Observeambientconditions(seeSection.18.1)

Avoidthefollowing:– Directsunlight– Powerfuldrafts(e.g.fromfansorairconditioners)– Excessivetemperaturefluctuations

2.3.2 Leveling the balance / weighing platform

Alignthebalance/weighingplatformhorizontallybyturningthelevelingscrewsoftheweigh-ingplatformhousinguntiltheairbubbleisintheinnercircleofthelevelindicator.

Example: Thepositionoftheairbubbleillustrateswhichlevelingscrewyouneedtoturnandinwhichdirectionsothattheairbubblemovestothecenter.Inthisexample,turntheleftlevelingscrewcounterclockwise.L=leftlevelingscrew,R=rightlevelingscrew

Balance / Weighing platform with readability of 10 mg, 0.1 g and 1 g (S + M platforms)

– Removetheclamps(A)forthesafetyfeetbyturningthemoutwards.

screws(B)untiltheairbubbleisintheinnercircleofthelevelindicator.

– Securethesafetyfeetbyturningtheclamps(A)inwardsasfarastheywillgo.

Note:Turntheclamps(A)outwardsasfarastheywillgo

(~90°),sothatthesafetyfeetcanmovefreely.

– Nowlevelthebalance/weighingplatformbyturningbothleveling

Page 20: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

Settingupthebalance

20

2.4 Installation of the AC adapter PSX2

Zone 2

Country-specific 115/230V power supply connection

If theACadapter is installed inzone2, thepowersupplycablemusteitherbeconnectedtothescrewterminalsoaconnectionboxoutsidethehazadousarea,ortoaconnectionboxofsuitableprotectiontypewithinthehazardousareaofthebuilding.RequirementAnall-polesupplyisolationdevicemustbeconnectedonthelinesideofthescrewterminalsofthebuildinginstallation.Procedure• InstallACadapterinapermanentpositionsothatitisprotected

againstmechanicaldamage.• Attachpowercabletothescrewterminalsofthebuildinginstal-

lationasfollows: Coreendyellow/geen =ground Coreendblack =phase Coreendblue =neutralconductor• Routepowercablesothatitisprotectedagainstmechanical

damage.

2.4.2 Installation outside the Ex hazadous area

Zone 2 Outside hazardous area

Country-specific 115/230V power supply connection

IftheACadapterisinstalledoutsidethehazardousareaundonlythebalance/platformisinthehazardousarea,theACadaptercanalsobeconnectedtothebuildinginstallationusingacommercialplugconnection.In such a case the power plug is used as a supply isolationdevice.NoteThepowerplugisnotincludedinthestandardequipment.Procedure• InstallACadapterinapermanentpositionsothatitisprotected

againstmechanicaldamage• Connect3-pinpowerplugtopowercable: Coreendyellow/geen =ground Coreendblack =phase Coreendblue =neutralconductor• Plugpowerplugintoreceptacleoutletofthebuildinginstalla-

tion.• Routepowercablesothatitisprotectedagainstmechanical

damage.

– Yourbalance/weighingplatformhasbeendeliveredwithacountry-specificACadapter.CheckwhetherthelocalpowersupplyvoltageiscompatiblewiththeACadapter.If this is not the case, on no account connect the AC adapter to the power supply butcontactyourresponsibleMETTLERTOLEDOdealer.

– The installation may be performed only by a qualified electrician.

2.4.1 Installation in the Ex hazadous area (zone 2)

Page 21: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

Settingupthebalance

21

S + M platform L platform

2.4.3 Connection to the balance/weighing platform

Connect the AC adapter to the connectorsocketonthebackside/undersideofyourbal-ance/weighing platform (see figure). Securetheconnectiontothebalancebyscrewingtheplugtightly.

Important: Install the cable in such a way that it will not be damaged and will not hinder day-to-day work.

Onceconnectedtothepowersupply,thebalance/weighingplatformperformsaself-testandisthenreadyforoperation.

2.4.4 DismantlingDisconnect AC adapter from power supply:

• NetzkabelfolgendermassenvondenSchraubkemmenderHausinstallationlösen: Coreendblue=neutralconductor Coreendblack=phase Coreendyellow/green=ground• Unscrewthepowersupplyunit• Removethebalanceandpowersupplycable

Page 22: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

Settingupthebalance

22

2.5 Marking the Balance / Weighing platform and the AC Adapter

Procedure:

Checktomakesuremodel plate with the Ex symbol(1)andthe“Electrostatic” warning label (2)hasbeenappliedtothebalance/weighingplatform.

1 2

Instrumentsforuseinhazardousareasmustbemarkedwiththeirtypeofprotectionandwithwarnings.Theappropriatestickersareaffixedtothebalance.

xxxxxxxx

1 2

1

xxxxxxxx

Checktomakesurethatthemodel plate with the Ex symbol(1)hasbeenappliedtotheACadapter.

Page 23: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

Connectionofperipheraldevicesandsystemintegration

23

3 Connection of peripheral devices and system integrationManyofthebalancesincurrentuse,andespeciallyweighingplatforms,arenormallyintegratedintocomplexcomputerorweighingsystems.TheintegratedRS232oranoptionaldatainterfacecanbeusedtocaptureweighingresultsandtocontroloradjusttheweigh-ingplatform.Standardcommandsareavailableforthispurpose.

RS232

3.1 Usage of data interface “RS232” in the Ex hazardous area (zone 2)

Fig 1:«B»= Standardenergylimiterinhousingwithprotectiontype(EExnA[L]IICT5).

(If«P»≠EEx nL)

P

B

Ex hazardous area, zone 2

The installation must be performed by a professional in accordance with the applicable regulations.IfperipheraldevicesareconnectedtotheRS232datainterfaceofthebalanceintheExhazardousarea,therearetwopossiblecases:

3.1.1 The peripheral device «P» is located inside the Ex hazardous areaTheperipheraldevice«P»whichisusedmustbeapprovedforzone2.

a)Theperipheraldevice«P»does not conform to protection type EEx nL:Tointerrupttheflowofenergythroughthedatacablebetweenthebalanceandtheperipheraldevice«P»anenergylimiter«B» (Figure 1)oranadapter«T»or«O»(Figure 2)withgalvanicisolation.ThisadaptermustbeapprovedforExZone2.

b)Theperipheraldevice«P»does conform to protection type EEx nL:Thedatacabledoesnotneedaspecialenergylimiter(Figure 3).

P≠EEx nL

Page 24: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

Connectionofperipheraldevicesandsystemintegration

24

3.1.2 The peripheral device «P» (e.g. PC or printer) is located outside the Ex hazardous area

Theperipheral device «P»doesnotneedspecial approval with regard to Ex Zone 2.

To interrupt the flowof energy through thedatacablebetween thebalanceand theperipheral device «P»anenergy limiter «B»(Figure 4)oranadapter«T»or«O»(Figure 5 and 6)withgalvanicisolation.Ifthisadapterisinstalledinthehazardousarea,itmustbeapprovedforExZone2.

Fig. 4:«B»= Standardenergylimiterinhousingwithprotectiontype(EExnA[L]IICT5).

Fig 5:«O» = Opto-electricconverterwithgalvanicisolationwith9-pinRSconnectorfordatatransmissionwithouthardwarehandshake,partnumber224265.

outsideEx hazardous area

outsideEx hazardous area

P

B

P

O

Fig 2:«O» = Opto-electricconverterwithgalvanicisolationwith9-pinRSconnectorfordatatransmissionwithouthardwarehandshake,partnumber224265.

(If«P»≠EEx nL)

O

P

Fig 3: If theperipheraldevice«P»conformstoprotectiontypeEEx nL,nospecialenergylimiterisnecessary

RS=standardRScable,useforcircuit[EExnL]IIC

P≠EEx nL

P=EEx nL

RS

P

Ex hazardous area, zone 2

Ex hazardous area, zone 2

Ex hazardous area, zone 2

Ex hazardous area, zone 2

Page 25: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

Connectionofperipheraldevicesandsystemintegration

25

3.2 Usage of the optional data interface “Bluetooth” in the Ex hazardous area

IfperipheraldevicesareconnectedtotheBluetoothdatainterfaceofthebalanceintheExhazardousarea,therearetwopossiblecases:

3.2.2 The peripheral device «P» (e.g. printer) is located outside the Ex hazardous areaTheperipheral device«P»doesnotneedspecialapprovalforuseinZone2.

outsideEx hazardous area

The peripheral device «P» must be approved for use in Zone 2.

3.2.1 The peripheral device «P» is located inside the Ex hazardous area

P

P

Ex hazardous area, zone 2

Ex hazardous area, zone 2

Page 26: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

Connectionofperipheraldevicesandsystemintegration

26

3.3 Specifications of the RS232C interface

Interfacetype: VoltageinterfaceaccordingtoEIARS-232C/DIN66020(CCITTV24/V.28)

Max.cablelength: 15m

Signallevel: Outputs: Inputs:

+5V...+15V(RL=3–7kΩ) +3V...25V

–5V...–15V(RL=3–7kΩ) –3V...25V

Connector: Sub-D,9-pole,female

Operatingmode: Fullduplex

Transmissionmode: Bit-serial,asynchronous

Transmissioncode: ASCII

Baudrates: 600,1200,2400,4800,9600,19200,384001)(softwareselectable)

Bits/parity: 7-bit/even,7-bit/odd,7-bit/none,8-bit/none(softwareselectable)

Stopbits: 1stopbit

Handshake: None,XON/XOFF,RTS/CTS(überSoftwarewählbar)

End-of-line: <CR><LF>,<CR>,<LF>softwareselectable)

6

15

9

DataGND

Handshake

Pin2:Balancetransmitline(TxD)

Pin3:Balancereceiveline(RxD))

Pin5:Groundsignal(GND)

Pin7:Cleartosend(hardwarehandshake)(CTS)

Pin8:Requesttosend(hardwarehandshake)(RTS)

1) 38400baudisonlypossibleinspecialcases,suchas:

•Weighingplatformwithoutterminal,or

•Weighingplatformwithterminal,onlyviatheoptionalRS232Cinterface.

Page 27: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

Connectionofperipheraldevicesandsystemintegration

27

3.4 MT-SICS Interface commands and functionsToenableyoutointegratebalancesandweighingplatformsinyoursysteminasimplemannerandutilizetheircapabilitiestothefull,thebalance/weighingplatformfunctionsareavailableasappropriatecommandsviathedatainterface.

AllMETTLERTOLEDObalancesandweighingplatformslaunchedsupportthestandardizedcommandset“METTLERTOLEDOStandardInterfaceCommandSet”(MT-SICS).Thecommandsavailabledependonthefunctionalityofthebalancesandweighingplatforms.

Basic information on data interchange with the balance/weighing platform

Thebalance/weighingplatformreceivescommandsfromthesystemandacknowledgesthecommandwithanappropriateresponse.

Command formats

Commandssenttothebalance/weighingplatformcompriseoneormorecharactersoftheASCIIcharacterset.Here,thefollowingmustbenoted:

• Entercommandsonlyinuppercase.

• Thepossibleparametersofthecommandmustbeseparatedfromoneanotherandfromthecommandnamebyaspace(ASCII32dec.,inthisdescriptionrepresentedas"/").

• Thepossibleinputfor“text”isasequenceofcharactersofthe8-bitASCIIcharactersetfrom32decto255dec.

• EachcommandmustbeclosedbyCRLF(ASCII13dec.,10dec.).

ThecharactersCRLF,whichcanbeinputtedusingtheEnterorReturnkeyofmostentrykeypads,arenotlistedinthisdescription,butitisessentialtheybeincludedforcommunicationwiththebalance/weighingplatform.

Example

S – Send stable weight value

Command S Sendthecurrentstablenetweightvalue

Response S/S/WeightValue/Unit

Currentstableweightvalueinunitactuallysetunderunit1.

S/I Commandnotexecutable(balance/weighingplatformiscurrentlyexecutinganothercommand,e.g.taring,ortimeoutasstabilitywasnotreached).

S/+ Balanceinoverloadrange.

S/- Balanceinunderloadrange.

Example

Command S Sendastableweightvalue.

Response S/S/////100.00/gThecurrent,stableweightvalueis100.00g

Page 28: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

Connectionofperipheraldevicesandsystemintegration

28

COM – Settingof the fix RS232-interface

Command COM/Port/Baud/Bit/HS

SettingofthefixRS232-interface(withoutoption)

Port: Interface Port =0(fix)fixRS232 Baud: Baudrate Baud =4 2400 Baud Baud =5 4800 Baud Baud =6 9600 Baud(factorysetting) Baud =7 19200 Baud Baud= 8 38400 Baud Bit: Bit, parity, stop bit Bit =3(fix)8bit,noparity,1stopbit HS: Handshake HS =1(fix)SoftwareHS(Xon/Xoff)Responses COM/A

COM/L

Example COM/0/7/3/1 –> COM/A

C0 – Inquiry/setting of calibration setting

Command C0 Inquiry of calibration setting.

Response C0/A/x1/x2/""

Command C0/x1/x2 Set calibration setting.

x1 Calibtationmode x1=0 Mode=Manual x1=1 Mode=Auto x2 Calibrationweight x2=0Useinternalweight(factorysetting) x2=1 Useexternalweight Responses C0/A Calibrationsettingset.

C0/L Calibrationsettingcannotbeset,e.g.parameterwrongorcertifiedversionoftheweighingplat-form.

C0/I Commanenotexecutableasthebalance/weighingplatformis,e.g.beingtared.

Example

Command C0/0/1 Setcalibrationsettingto“Manual”andexternalweight.

Response C0/A Calibrationsettingset.

Comment

Settingx1=1andx2=0correspondstothemenusetting“FACT”under“Calibration”.

Page 29: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

Connectionofperipheraldevicesandsystemintegration

29

Commands MT-SICS level 0I0 InquiryofallimplementedMT-SICScommandsI1 InquiryofMT-SICSlevelandMT-SICSversionsI2 InquiryofbalancedataI3 InquiryofbalanceSWversionandtypedefinitionnumberI4 InquiryofserialnumberI5 SW-IdentificationnumberS SendstableweightvalueSI SendweightvalueimmediatelySIR SendweightvalueimmediatelyandrepeatZ ZeroZI Zeroimmediately@ ResetCommands MT-SICS level 1SR Sendweightvalueonweightchange(SendandRepeat)T TareTA Inquiry/settingoftareweightvalueTAC CleartarevalueCommands MT-SICS level 2C0 Inquiry/settingofcalibrationsettingC1 InitiatecalibrationaccordingtocurrentsettingC2 InitiatecalibrationwithexternalweightC3 InitiatecalibrationwithinternalweightCOM Inquiry/Settingthecommunicationparametersoftheserial

interface

DAT DateI10 BalanceID–InquiryofbalanceidentificationI11 BalancetypeI14 InquiryofbalanceinfoM01 Inquiry/settingofweighingmodeM02 Inquiry/settingofenvironmentM03 Inquiry/settingofAutoZeroM17 Inquiry/settingofProFACTtimecriteriaM18 Inquiry/settingofProFACT/FACTtemperaturecriterion(∆ temp.)M19 Inquiry/settingofadjustmentweightM20 Inquiry/settingoftestweightM21 Inquiry/settingofunitM27 InquiryofadjustmenthistoryM28 InquiryoftemperatureprobeM29 Inquiry/settingofvaluereleaseSIS InquiryofcurrentnetweightvaluesSNR SendstableweightvalueandrepeataftereachdeflectionTIM TimeTST0 Inquiry/settingofthetestfunctionTST1 InitiatetestfunctioninthecurrentsettingTST2 InitiatetestfunctionwithexternalweightTST3 InitiatetestfunctionwithinternalweightUPD Inquiry/settingoftheupdaterateofthehostinterface

Selection of available MT-SICS commands for XS models:Foradditionalcommandsandfurther informationpleaserefertotheReferenceManual“MT-SICSforExcellenceseries11780711”downloadablefromtheInternetunderwww.mt.com/xs-precision.

S – Send stable weight valueCommand S Sendthecurrentstablenetweightvalue.

SI – Send value immediatelyCommand SI Sendthecurrentnetweightvalue,irrespectiveofbalancestability.

SIR – Send weight value immediately and repeatCommand SIR Sendthenetweightvaluesrepeatedly,irrespectiveofbalancestability.

Z – Zero settingCommand Z Zerothebalance.

@ – ResetCommand @ Resetsthebalancetotheconditionfoundafterswitchingon,but

withoutazerosettingbeingperformed.

SR – Send weight value when load changes (Send and Repeat)Command SR Sendthecurrentstableweightvalueandthensendcontinuouslythestableweightvalueafter

everyweightchange.Theweightchangemustbeatleast12.5%ofthelaststableweightvalue,minimum=30d.

ST – Send stable weight after pressing «F» keyCommand ST/1 Sendthecurrentstablenetweightvalueeachtimewhen«F»ispressed.

SU – Send stable weight value with currently displayed unitCommand SU Asthe“S”command,butwiththecurrentlydisplayedunit.

MT-SICS commands available for X weighing platforms:ForfurtherinformationpleaserefertotheReferenceManual“MT-SICSforExcellenceseries11780711”downloadablefromtheInternetunderwww.mt.com/x-platform.

Page 30: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

Yourfirstweighing

30

OnOff

OnOff

G

H

4 Your first weighing (XS-Ex2modelsonly)

InthisSectionyouwillgettoknowthosecontrolsanddisplayelementsofyourbalancethatareneededtocarryoutsimpleweighingprocesses.ThisSectionprovidesanintroductiontooperatingyourbalance.

4.1 Switching the balance on and offSwitch balance on:Brieflypressthe«On/Off»key.Thebalancecarriesoutashorttestassoonasithasbeenswitchedon,afterwhichitisreadytoweigh.

Thedisplayshownhereappearsthefirst time the balance is switched on.

Switch balance off:Pressthe«On/Off»keyandholditpresseduntil“OFF”appearsonthedisplay.Thedisplaythengoesblank,andthebalanceisswitchedoff.

4.2 Performing a simple weighingTocarryoutasimpleweighingyouonlyneedthekeysonthelowerpartoftheterminal.Yourbalancehasseparatekeysforzeroadjust-ment(«G»)andfortaring(«H»).

Zero adjustment:The«G»keysetsanewzero,andallweights(includingthetare)aremeasuredwithreferencetothiszero.Afteradjustingthezeroboththetareweightandthenet(gross)weightareequalto0.Usethezerosettingkey«G»wheneveryouwanttobeginanewweighingprocess,andfirstwishtomeasurethetareweightprecisely.

Taring:Ifyouareworkingwithaweighingcontainer,placeitontheweighingpan.Closetheglassdraftshield(ifpresent),thenpressthe«H»keytotarethescale.Thetaringprocesssetstheweightthathasbeenplacedonthescalessincethelastzeroadjustmentasthenewtareweight.Theprevioustare(iftherewasone)isoverwritten.Aftertaring,“Net”appearsonthedisplay,indicatingthatallthedisplayedweightsarenetvalues.Note:If,afterthe«H»keyhasbeenpressed,aninstructiontopressthe«G»keyappears,youhaveattemptedtosetanegativetarevalue.Thisisnotpermitted.Adjustthebalance’szero,andperformthetaringagain.

Weighing:Placetheitemstobeweighedontheweighingpan,andclosetheglassdraftshield(ifpresent).Assoonasthestabilitydetectoricon(thesmallcircletotheleftoftheweightdisplay)goesout,thedisplayisstableandyoucanreadofftheweighingresult.Thestabilitydetectoriconisstillvisibleinthisdiagram,andthereforetheweighingresultisnotstable.

Page 31: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

Basicprinciplesforusingtheterminalandthesoftware

31

A

J

F

I

1

2

3

4

5 Basic principles for using the terminal and the software (XS-Ex2modelsonly)

ThisSectionexplainstheoperatinganddisplayelementsofyourterminal,andalsoexplainsthewaythesoftwareofyourbalanceistobeused.PleasereadthisSectioncarefully,becauseitisthebasisforalltheoperatingstepsthatareexplainedinlaterSections.

5.1 An overview of the terminalInthisSectionwewillfirstintroduceyoutothecontrolsoftheterminal(withtheexceptionofthe«On/Off»,«G»and«H»keys,whichhavealreadybeenexplainedinthepreviousSection).DetailedinformationonthedisplaywillbeprovidedinthenextSection.

1 «A»keyThiskeytakesyoudirectlyfromanymenulevelbacktotheactiveapplication.Anychangesmadeandconfirmeduptothispointareautomaticallysaved.

2 «I»keyYourbalanceisshippedfromthefactorywithstandardapplications(e.g.fornormalweighing,statistics,formulaweighinganddensitydetermination).Thiskeyallowsyou tochoose theapplicationwithwhichyouwant towork.

3 «J»keyAlargenumberofsettingsalloweachapplicationtobeideallymatchedtotheparticulartask.Youcallupthemenusforconfiguringtheactiveapplicationwiththiskey.

4 «F»keyPressingthiskeytransmitstheweighingresultovertheinterface,e.g.toaprinter.However,otherdevices,suchasaPCcanalsobeconnected.Thedatatransmittedcanbefreelyspecified.

Page 32: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

Basicprinciplesforusingtheterminalandthesoftware

32

12

3

4a4b4

5.2 The displayTheilluminated,graphicdisplayofyourterminalisa“touchscreen”.Itisnotonlypossiblenotonlytoreaddataandsettings,butalsotomakesettingsandtoexecutefunctionsbytouchingthedisplayarea.

Thefactorysettingofthebalancedisplaystheweighingresultatasizesothatitcaneasilyberead.Inthisdisplaymodeneithertheinformationfieldsnorthegraphical“SmartTrac”fillingguidearevisible.

The“display”functionkeyallowstwofurtherdisplay modes tobeselected.Thenextdisplaymodeappearseach time thekey ispressed. In the twootherdisplaymodes,moreinformationisshownthaninthestandardmode,butthedisplayedweightitselfissmaller:

Display with information fields and “SmartTrac”.The weighing result displayed isreducedforreasonsofspace.

Display without information fields but with “SmartTrac”.Thesizeoftheweightdisplayisincreasedbecausetheinformationfieldsarenotdisplayed.

Thedisplayisdividedintodifferentzones(theillustrationshowsthedisplayincludinginformationfieldsand“SmartTrac”):

1 Thecurrentlyactive applicationisshownintheupperleft-handcorner.Bypressingthisareayoucallupthemenuinwhichyoumayselectthedesiredapplication(youcanalsoreachthismenuviathe«I»key).

2 Thedateorthetimeareshownintheupperright-handcorner.Youcanchangethedateorthetimebypressingthiszone.

3 Status icons:Thesesymbolsappearasneededandindicateanyspecialneedsofthebalance(e.g.,needsadjustment,needsservicing,changebatteries,etc.).AlistofallstatusiconscanbefoundinSection16.3.

4 Thecurrentweighing resultappearsinthisarea.Ifyoutouchtheweighingunit(4b)awindowappearsinwhichyoucanselectthedesiredweighingunit.

Ifyoupresstheweighingresult(4a)anotherwindowdisplaystheweighingresultinalargersize.Thiscanbeusefulifyouwanttoreadtheweighingresultfromsomedistanceaway.Thiswindowcanbeclosedagainbypressingthe“OK”buttononthescreen.

Page 33: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

Basicprinciplesforusingtheterminalandthesoftware

33

I

J

56

7

5 Additionalinformation(information fields)relatedtotheactiveapplication,andwhichwillmakeyourworkeasier,aredisplayedinthisarea.

6 The“SmartTrac”isdisplayedinthisarea.Thisisagraphicalfillingguide,showingyouataglancetheweighingrangethathasalreadybeenfilledandtherangethatisstillavailable.

7 Thisareaisreservedforthefunction keysthatofferyoudirectaccesstofrequentlyneededfunctionsandsettingsforthecurrentlyactiveapplication.Ifmorethanfivefunctionkeysareactive,youcanswitchbetweenthemusingthearrowkeys(notshowninthediagram).

Intheothertwodisplaymodes(wheretheweighingresultislargerbutwherelessadditionalinformationisdisplayed)itisalsopossibletomakesettingsbytouchingthezonesthatarevisibleatthetime.

Note:Dependingoncountry-specificrules,oncertifiedversionsofbalancestheuncertifieddecimalplacesaredisplayedgray.

Screen saver

Ifthebalanceisnotusedfor15minutes,thebacklightingofthedisplayisautomaticallyswitchedoffandthepixelsareinvertedatintervalsofapproximately15seconds.Assoonasyoustarttoworkwiththebalanceagain(loadaweight,pressakey,etc.),thedisplayreturnstoitsnormalstate.

5.3 The balance software

Thesoftwarecontrolsallyoubalance’sfunctions.Italsoallowsthebalancetobeadjustedforaspecificworkingenvironment.Pleasetakenoteofthefollowingexplanations,astheyarethebasicprincipleforusingyourbalance.

Thesoftwareconsistsofthefollowingcomponents:

– Applications

– Application-specificsettings

– Systemsettings

Applications

Applicationsaresoftwaremodulesforcarryingoutspecificweighingtasks.Yourbalanceisshippedfromthefactorywithavarietyofstandardapplications(fornormalweighing,statistics,formulaweighing,densitydetermination,percentweighing,piececountingunddynamicweighing).Immediatelyafterbeingswitchedon,thebalancerunstheapplicationforordinaryweighing.Theapplicationsareaccessiblevia«I»key.YouwillfindinstructionsonworkingwiththestandardapplicationsstartingfromSection7.

Application-specific settings

Thesesettingsallowyoutoadaptapplicationstosuityourparticularneeds.Theadjustmentsthatcanbemadevaryaccordingtowhichapplicationhasbeenselected.Pressingthe«J»keyopensthemulti-pagemenuwiththesettingsforthecurrentlyactiveapplication.InformationabouttheindividualsettingpossibilitiescanbefoundintheSectiondescribingtheparticularapplication.

Page 34: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

Basicprinciplesforusingtheterminalandthesoftware

34

I

Thefollowingdiagramillustratestheconnectionsbetweentheindividualcomponentsofthesoftware,andprovidesaninitialoverviewofatypicaloperatingprocedure.

Operating step

1. Select the application

2. Work

3. If desired: Changethesettingsforthe

chosenapplication(application-dependentsettings)

4. If desired: Changethesystemsettings

Confirmthesettingsbypressing“OK”orreturndirectlytotheapplicationwiththe«A»key.

Confirmthesettingsby pressing “OK”and“Exit”,orreturndirectlytotheactiveapplicationwiththe«A»key.

Example

I

J

I

System settings

Thesystemsettingsarenotapplication-dependent,andapplytotheentireweighingsystem(e.g.settingthedialoglanguage).Tocallupthesystemsettings,pressthe«I»keyandthenthe“System”button.YouwillfindinformationontheindividualpossiblesettingsinSection6.

Page 35: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

Basicprinciplesforusingtheterminalandthesoftware

35

I

OnOff

J

I

OnOff

5.4 The typical operating sequenceThetypicaloperatingsequenceisdescribedbrieflybelow,withoutgoingintodetailaboutspecialapplication-specificfeatures.

Switch on the balance:Switchthebalanceonbybrieflypressingthe«On/Off»key.Immediatelyafterbeingswitchedon,thebalancerunsthemostrecentlyusedapplication.

Note:The display of your scales may differ from the example,dependingontheapplicationthatwasusedlastandonwhateversettingsweremade.

Select the application: If you do not want to work with thecurrentapplication,usethe«I»toselecttheapplicationmenu(oralternativelyby touching theappropriate zone in theupperleft-hand corner of the display).Touch the icon for the desiredapplication,andtherelevantsoftwarewillload.

Changeapplication-specific settings:Ifyouwanttochangethesettingsfortheactiveapplication,pressthe«J»key.Informationontheapplication-dependentsettingscanbefoundinthedescriptionofeachindividualapplication(Section7ff).

Change system settings:Ifyouwanttochangesystemsettingsthatapplytotheentireweighingsystem,i.e.toalltheapplications,thenpressthe«I»keyandthenthe“System”button.ThesystemsettingsaredescribedindetailinSection6.

Working:Carryoutthedesiredoperations.InformationonworkingwiththeindividualapplicationscanbefoundinSection7ff.

Switch off the balance:Aftercompletionofthework,switchoffthebalancebypressingandholdingdownthe«On/Off»key.

Page 36: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

Basicprinciplesforusingtheterminalandthesoftware

36

5.5 The security system in your balanceYourbalance’ssystemsettings,orpartsofthem,canbeprotectedagainstunauthorizedmodificationsbymeansofapassword(de-tailedinformationcanbefoundinSection5.9).Apasswordisdefinedwhenthebalanceisshippedfromthefactory(seeSection5.9).However,themenusettingsarechosensothatyouhaveunrestrictedaccesstoallsystemsettings.

Ifyouwanttocalluppartofamenuthatisprotectedbythepassword,analphanumerickeyboardappearsonthedisplay.

Typeinthepassword.Observeupperandlowercase,usingthe“a...z”or“A...Z”buttontochangecase;numericalcharacterscanbeenteredbypressingthe“0...9”button.Youcanusethearrowkeytodeleteincorrectinputcharacterbycharacter.Forsecurityreasons,thepasswordisnotshowninplaintext,buttheindividualcharactersarerepresentedbyanasterisk.

Note:Youcancancelpassworddialogboxatanytimebypressing“C”.

Assoonasyouhaveenteredthewholeofthepassword,press“OK”.Ifthepasswordiscorrect,theselectedmenuwillappear.Otherwise,anerrormessagewillbedisplayedtogetherwiththeprompttore-enterthepassword.

WARNING: Note your password very carefully! If you forget the password, there is no way of recreating access to the protected menu area! We recommend that you write the password down and save it a safe place!

Page 37: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

Systemsettings

37

IOpentheapplicationmenuwiththe«I»key,andthenpressthe“System”button.

6 System settings (XS-Ex2modelsonly)

Youwill learninthisSectionhowtoadapttheweighingsystemtosuityourrequirements.Thesystem settingsapplytotheentireweighingsystem,andthereforetoalltheapplications.Note:Youcanlearnabouttheapplication-dependentsettingsinthedescriptionofeachapplication.

6.1 Calling up the system settings

6.2 An overview of the system settingsThesystemsettingsarerepresentedbyicons.Theindividualsettingscanbecalledupandmodifiedbypressingtheicons.Thearrowkeysallowyoutoswitchbetweentheindividualmenupages.ThefollowingSectionscontaindetailedinstructionsonthesettingsthatcanbemade.

Thefollowingsystemsettingsareavailableonthefirstmenupage:

“Adjust/Test”: Settingsforadjustment(calibration)andforthetestfunctionsthatcheckthecalibration(Section6.3).

“Wghparam” Settings (weighing parameters) for adjusting the balance to aparticularweighingtask(Section6.4).

“Language”: Selectdialoglanguage(Section6.5).

“Peripherals”: Configuring the interface for various peripheral devices(Section6.6).

Thefollowingsystemsettingsarefoundonthesecondmenupage:

“Terminal”: Settingsforthedisplay(brightnessetc.)andforthebehavioroftheterminal(Section6.7).

“Date/Time”: Inputofdateandtime,andselectionofthedesireddisplayformat(Section6.8).

“Rights”: Assignmentofaccessrightsandpasswordsforweighingfunctionsandmenus(Section6.9).

“Standby": Settingsforthe“Standby”mode(Section6.10).

Thefollowingsystemsettingsareavailableonthethirdmenupage:

“Switch”: Settingsforexternalmomentarycontactswitches(Section6.11).

“Factory”: Restoringthefactorysettings(Section6.12).

“BalanceInfo”: Display/printoutofbalanceinformation(Section6.13).

Aftermakingallthenecessarysettings,pressthe“Exit”buttonorthe«A»keytoreturntotheactiveapplication.Inthefollowingsectionswepresentthevarioussystemsettingsindetail.

Note:Aftertheinstallationofspecialinterfaceoptions(e.g.Ethernet),theadditionalsystemsettingssymbolshownatleftisdisplayedshowingglobalsettingsfortheseinterfaces.Thesesettingsaredescribedintheinstructionswhichweresuppliedwiththeoptionalinterface.

Page 38: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

Systemsettings

38

6.3 Settings for calibration and tests

Inthesemenusyoucanmakeallthesettingsassociatedwiththeadjustment(calibration)ofyourbalance.

In the following subsections you will find information on all the possible settings foradjustment,testingproceduresandtheirrecording.

6.3.1 Fully automatic adjustment function “FACT”

Youcanmakethesettingsforfullyautomaticadjustmentusingtheinternaladjustmentweight in thismenu(FACT).FACT (FullyAutomaticCalibrationTechnology)calibratesthe balance under full automatic control on the basis of a pre-selected temperaturecriterion.Note:Withthecertifiedversionsofbalances,thisoptioncannotbeselected,i.e.FACTisalwaysactive.

Thefollowingsettingsareavailable:“Off”

Fullyautomaticadjustment,FACT,isswitched off.“On”

Fullyautomaticadjustment,FACT,isswitched on.

The “Define” button permits you to specify the behavior of the FACT adjustmentfunction:

– “Temperature Criterion” specifies the ambient temperature at which automaticadjustmentshouldbetriggered.Ifyouselect“Off”,automaticcalibrationonthebasisofatemperaturecriterionwillnottakeplace.

– “Protocol Trigger”specifieswhetheranadjustment reportshouldbeprintedauto-matically.Ifyouselect“Off”,automaticprintoutswillnotbemade.If“On”isselected,arecordwillautomaticallybeprintedoutwheneverthebalanceundergoesautomaticadjustment.

“CalInfo”

AlthoughtheFACTtemperaturecriterionisactive,automaticadjustmentwillnottakeplacewhenthecriterionissatisfied.Insteadofthis,astatusiconwillappearintheupperrightareaofthedisplay(Section16.3),promptingtheusertocarryoutmanualadjustment,eitherwiththeinternalorexternaladjustmentweight.

Menu factory settings: “FACT”: active(“On”) “Temp.Criterion”: model-dependent “ProtocolTrigger”: “On”

Page 39: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

Systemsettings

39

6.3.2 Define external adjustment weight

Ifyouworkwithanexternaladjustmentweight,youcanspecifyitspropertieshere(Note:Inaccordancewith country-specific regulations, this functionmaynotnecessarily beavailableoncertifiedbalances).

Thefollowingsettingsareavailable:

“Weight”

Youcanspecify theweightof theexternaladjustmentweighthere.Anumerical inputwindowappears.Enterthemassoftheexternaladjustmentweight(ingrams).

Setting range: model-dependent

“ID”

Youcanassignanidentifiertotheadjustmentweightusedhere(max.20characters).Thismakesiteasiertoidentifytheadjustmentweight.Theidentifieroftheweightcanbeprintedoutonthecalibrationrecord.Theinputwindowallowsalphanumericcharacterstobeentered.

Factory setting: nothingisspecified

“Certificate No.”

Adjustmentweightsareusuallysuppliedwithacertificate.Youcanenterthenameornumberofthesuppliedcertificatehere(max.20characters).Thisallowstheusedadjustmentweighttobeclearlyassignedtoaparticularcertificate.Thenameofthecertificatecanbeprintedoutonthecalibrationrecord.ThesamealphanumericinputwindowappearsasisusedfortheID.

Factory setting: nothingisspecified

Page 40: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

Systemsettings

40

6.3.3 Define external test weight

Ifyouuseanexternalweighttocheckthecalibration,youcanenteritsproperties(weight,IDandcertificatenumber)here.

Thesamesettingsandinputwindowasareusedtodefineanexternaladjustmentweight,describedintheprevioussection,areavailable.

Factory setting: model-dependent

6.3.4 Define adjustment and test printouts

Inthismenu,whichcoverstwopages,youcanspecifytheinformationtobeprintedontheadjustmentandtestrecords.

Youcanactivatethedesiredinformationbypressingtheappropriateboxes.Thoseitemsofinformationthathaveatickwillbeprintedout.Youcanreturntothefactorysettingbypressing“STD”.Press“OK”tosavethechanges(orpress“C”toleavetheinputwindowwithoutsaving).

Thefollowingitemsofrecordinformationareavailable:

“Date/Time”

Thedateandtimeoftheadjustmentareprintedoutinthespecifieddateandtimeformat(Section6.8).

“Balance Type”

Thisinformationisstoredintheweighingplatformandintheterminal,andcannotbechangedbytheuser.

“SNR”

Theserialnumbersoftheterminalandoftheweighingplatformareprintedout.Thesearestoredintheweighingplatformorintheterminal,andcannotbechangedbytheuser.

“SW Version”

Theversionnumbersofthebalancesoftware(onenumbereachfortheterminalandtheweighingplatform)areprintedout.

“Weight ID”

The identification specified for an external adjustment weight is printed out(Section6.3.2).

“Certificate No.”

Thenamespecifiedforthecertificateassociatedwithanexternaladjustmentweightisprintedout(Section6.3.2).

“Temperature”

Thetemperatureatthetimeoftheadjustmentisprintedout.

Page 41: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

Systemsettings

41

Sampleprintoutofa testusinganexter-nal adjustment weight (with all print-outoptionsselected)

---- External test -----28.Jul 2004 14:50

METTLER TOLEDO

Balance Type XS6002SXWeighBridge SNR: 1234567890Terminal SNR: 1234567890SW WeighBridge 1.02SW Terminal 1.14Weight ID ETW-5000/RCertificate No. MT-412

Temperature 22.6 °C Nominal Weight 5000.00 gActual 5000.12 g Diff 0.12 g

Test done

Signature

........................------------------------

“Nominal Weight”

Thetargetweightfortheadjustment/testisprintedout(onlyinthecaseofadjustment/testingwithanexternalweight,Section6.3.2).

“Actual Weight”

Themeasurement(actualweight)fromthetestisprintedout(onlyinthecaseoftestingwithanexternalweight,Section6.3.3).

“Diff.”

Thedifferencebetweenthetargetandactualweightsisprintedout(onlywhentestingwithanexternalweight).

“Signature”

Anadditionallineisprintedoutwheretherecordcanbesigned.

Factory setting: “Date/Time”,“BalanceType”,“SNR”,“Nominalweight”,“ActualWeight”,“Diff.”and“Signature”.

6.4 Specify balance parametersYoucanadaptthebalancetoyourspecificrequirementsinthesemenus.Note:Accesstothebalanceparameterscanbeprotectedbyapassword(Section6.9);inthatcaseyouwillbeaskedtoenterthepasswordwhenselectingthebalanceparameters.

In the following subsections you will find information about the individual balanceparametersandabouttheavailablesettings.

Page 42: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

Systemsettings

42

6.4.3 Speed of the value release

Withthissettingyoucanspecifyhowrapidlythebalanceconsidersthemeasurementtobestableandthereforereleasesthevalue.The“Veryfast”settingisrecommendedifyourequirerapidmeasurementswhoserepeatabilityisoflowersignificance.The“Veryreliable”settingleadstomeasurementsthatarehighlyrepeatable,butitlengthensthesettlingtime.Threeotherintermediatesettingscanbeselected.

Factory setting: “Reliable+Fast”

6.4.4 Automatic zero setting

Automaticzerosetting(“AutoZero”)continuouslycorrectspossiblevariationsinthezeropointthatmightbecausedthroughsmallamountsofcontaminationontheweighingpan.

Youcanusethismenuoptiontoswitchtheautomaticzerosettingonoroff.

Factory setting: “On”(switchedon)

6.4.1 Adaptation to the type of balance

BysettingtheWeighingModeyouadaptthebalancetotheweighingtype.Selectthe“Universal”weighingmodeforallordinaryweighingprocesses,or“Dosing”todispenseliquidorpowdermaterials.Withthissettingthebalancereactsveryquicklytoverysmallchangesinweight.The“SensorMode”settingsuppliesaweighingsignalwhichisfilteredtoanextentwhichdependson thesetting for theenvironmentalconditions.Thefilterbehaveslinearlyinrelationtotime(notadaptively)andissuitableforthecontinuousprocessingofmeasurementvalues.Underthe“Checkweighing”settingthebalanceonlyrespondstolargechangesinweight,andthemeasurementisthereforeverystable. Note: Thenumberofsettingsavailabledependsonthemodel.

Factory setting: “Universal”

6.4.2 Adaptation to the ambient conditions

Withthissettingthebalancecanbeideallyadjustedtomatchtheambientconditionsatitslocation.Ifyouareworkinginanenvironmentwhichispracticallyfreefromdraftsandvibrations,choosethe“Stable”setting.If,ontheotherhand,youworkinanenvironmentwheretheconditionsarecontinuouslychanging,select“Unstable”or“Veryunstable”.The“Standard”settingcorrespondstoanaverageworkingenvironmentsubjecttomoderatevariationsintheambientconditions. Note: Thenumberofsettingsavailabledependsonthemodel.

Factory setting: “Standard”

Page 43: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

Systemsettings

43

6.5 Select dialog languageInthismenuyouselectthelanguageinwhichyouwishtocommunicatewiththebalance.

Factory setting: Depends on the language package installed. Usually thelanguageispresettothatofthecountryforwhichthebalanceisintended.

6.6 Select peripheral devices

Anumberofdifferentperipheraldevicescantheconnectedtotheinterface(s)ofyourbalance.Inthismenuyoucanspecifywhichdeviceisconnected,andwithwhichparameterstheinterfaceshouldoperate.

Thefollowingsettingsmaybechosen:

– “Printer”: Printer (Note regarding printed reports: Depending oncountry-specificrules,oncertifiedversionsofbalancestheuncertifieddecimalplacesaredisplayedinbrackets.)

– “Host”: External computer (bi-directional communication; thebalancecansenddatatothePC,andcanreceivecommandsordatafromit)

– “SecondaryDisplay”: Secondarydisplay

– “BarCode”: Barcodereader

– “Ext.Keyboard”: ExternalPCkeyboard

Specificfacilitiesforadjustingtheinterfaceareavailableforeachofthesedevices:“Off”meansthatnodeviceofthistypeistobeconnected.“RS232built-in”referstotheRS232Cinterfacefittedatthefactory.Ifother,optionalinterfacesarepresent,thesearedisplayed(asisthesecondserialinterface,“RS232Option”,intheexampleshownhere).Atthispoint,however,onlytheparametersfortheRS232Cinterfacefittedatthefactoryareexplained.Important:Youcanonlyactivateonedeviceforeachinterfacethatispresent,andallotherdevicesmustbedeactivated(“Off”).Ifyouactivateanewdevice,thepreviouslyselecteddeviceisautomaticallydeactivated.

Page 44: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

Systemsettings

44

Ifyouhaveactivatedadeviceyoucanadjusttheinterfaceparametersforcommunicationwiththatdevicewiththe“Define”button(baudrate,bit/parity,stopbits,Handshake,endofline,characterset,andcontinuousmode).

Factory setting: “Host” (9600baud,8databits/noparity,1stopbit,Xon/Xoffprotocol,

Endoflinecharacter<CR><LF>,ANSI/WINDOWScharacterset,ContinuousmodeOff)

Important:Toensurethatspecialcharacters(e.g.“°C”)areprintedoutcorrectlyonMETTLERTOLEDOprinters,balance and printermustbesetto8 data bits.

Note:Foroperationwithaprinter,under“Char Set”thesettingIBM/DOSmustbeselected.

If under“Host” thebuilt-inRS232C interfacehasbeen selected, youcanadditionallyactivateContinuous mode.

In“Continuousmode”youcanspecifyvariousdifferentdataformats(MT–SICS,PM,AT/MT)dependingonwhichperipheraldeviceisconnected.Youcanalsospecifytheupdateratepersecond(2,5,6,10).

Factory setting: “Outputformat”:MT–SICS,“Updates/sec”:5

Page 45: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

Systemsettings

45

6.7 Terminal settingsInthismenuyoucanadapttheterminaltosuityourneedsandcanadjustthedisplay.

Thefollowingparametersareavailable:

“Brightness”

Here you can adjust the brightness of the display. Use the arrow keys to adjust thebrightnessbetween20%and100%(instepsof20%)as required.Thebrightness ismodifiedimmediatelyeachtimeeitherofthearrowkeysispressed,sothatyoucanseethechangestraightaway.

Factory setting: 80%

Note:Ifthebalanceisnotusedfor15minutes,thebrightnessofthedisplayisautomaticallyreducedto20%.Thisextendstheservicelifeofthebackillumination.Thebrightnessisimmediatelyreturnedtothevaluethathasbeenselectedhereassoonaseitherakeyispressedortheweightchanges.

“Contrast”

Adjustingthedisplaycontrast(rangeofsettings0%–100%Contrast).Thesettingsaremadeinasimilarwaytothoseforbrightness,butin2%steps.

Factory setting: 50%

“Sound”

Settingthevolumeofthebeep(settingrange0%–100%instepsof10%).Selecting0%switchesthebeepoff.Asliderisprovidedtomakethesetting,similartotheadjustmentsforbrightnessandcontrast.

Factory setting: 70%

“Touch Function”

Ifyouswitchoffthe“touchscreen”function,thedisplaynolongerreactstotouchwheninweighingmode,whichmeansthatyouarenolongerabletomakesettingssimplybypressingthedisplay(exception:functionkeys).Important:Thecontactfunctionisalwaysactiveinsettingmode,sinceotherwiseitwouldbeimpossibletomakeadjustments.

Factory setting: “On”

“Touch adjustment”

Ifyouhave the impression that thebalance isno longer reactingcorrectlywhenyoupresscertainlocationsonthedisplay,youcanadjustthetouchscreen.Afterpressingthe“Activate”keyawindowopensinwhichyouareaskedtopresstheflashingarea.Thisprocedureisrepeatedanumberoftimes(itispossibletostopatanytimebypressingthe“C”key).

Page 46: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

Systemsettings

46

6.8 Date and timeInthismenuyoucanenterthedateandtime,andcanselecttheirdisplayformat.Youcanalsospecifywhetherthedateorthetimearetoappearonthedisplay.

Thefollowingoptionscanbeset:

“Date Format”(forthedisplay)

Thefollowingdateformatsareavailable:

“D.MMMYYYY” Displayexample: 28.Jul2004

“MMMDYYYY” Displayexample: Jul282004

“DD.MM.YYYY” Displayexample: 28.07.2004

“MM/DD/YYYY” Displayexample: 07/28/2004

Factory setting: “D.MMM.YYYY”

“Date”

Setting thecurrentdate.Anumerical inputwindowappears.Enter thecurrentdate intheformat day–month–year (DD.MM.YYYY),regardlessofwhichdateformatyouhaveselectedfordisplaypurposes.

Note:Youcanalsomakethesettingdirectlybypressingthedateinweighingmode.Awindowappearsinwhichyoucandirectlyenterthedate.

“Time Format”(forthedisplay)

Youcanspecifytheformatinwhichthetimeistobedisplayedhere.Thefollowingtimeformatsareavailable:

“24:MM” Displayexample: 15:04“12:MM” Displayexample: 3:04PM“24.MM” Displayexample: 15.04“12.MM” Displayexample: 3.04PM

Factory setting: “24:MM”

“Time”

Setting the current time. Enter the current time in the24 hour format (hh.mm.ss),regardlessofwhichtimeformatyouhaveselectedfordisplaypurposes.Theinputwindowissimilartothatforthedate.The“+1H”and“–1H”buttonsarealsoavailable,andwiththeseyoucansetthecurrenttimeforwardsorbackwardsbyonehour.Thismakesiteasytoadjustforsummerorwintertime.Note:Youcanalsosetthetimedirectlybypressingthetimedisplayinweighingmode.

Page 47: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

Systemsettings

47

“Date/Time Display”

Youcanspecifywhether thedateor the time is tobeshown in theupper right-handcornerofthedisplay:

“Date” Thedateisshownonthedisplay“Time” Thetimeisshownonthedisplay

Factory setting: “Date”

6.9 Define access rights and specify the passwordInthismenuyoucandefineandspecifyapasswordthatcanbeusedtoprotectmenuareas.

Thefollowingsettingsareavailable:

“Password”

Afterpressingthe“Define”button,analphanumericinputboxappears.Thefactorysettingis“0”.Enterthedesiredpassword(max.20characters)andconfirmtheinputwith“OK”.Thepasswordmaycontainlettersandnumbers.Ifyouuseupperandlowercaseletters,thesemustalsobeenteredlaterwhenenteringthepassword.

Note: Ifyouclearanexistingpasswordusingthearrowkeys,anddonotenteranewpassword,anerrormessageappears.

Factory setting: “0”(Zero)

“System”

You specify here whether the entire system settings area is to be protected with thepassword.Ifyouselect“NoProtection”allthesystemsettingsarefreelyaccessible.Toprotectthesystemsettings,select“Password”.Thepasswordwillthenberequiredeverytimethesystemsettingsarecalledup.

Factory setting: “NoProtection”

“Wghparam”

Thissettingallowsyoutoprotecttheweighingparameters(partofthesystemsettings,seeSection6.4)fromunauthorizedaccess(“Password”)ortocancelexistingpasswordprotection(“NoProtection”).Theothersystemsettingsarefreelyaccessibleunlesstheyarealsoindividuallyprotected(seeabove).

Factory setting: “NoProtection”

“Access Rights”

Thissettingallowsyoutoprotecttheaccessrights(thepartofthesystemsettingsinwhichyouarepresentlyworking)fromunauthorizedaccess.Thispreventsunauthorizedmodificationofthepasswordandoftheaccessrights.

Factory setting: “NoProtection”

Page 48: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

Systemsettings

48

WARNING: If you forget the password, there is no way of recreating access to the protected menu area! If you have protected either the system settings as a whole or just the access rights with a password, then it is no longer possible to define another password or to remove the password protection! We therefore recommend that you write the password down and save it a safe place! If you are unable to find the password, please contact the METTLER TOLEDO customer service department.

6.10 Energy saving function (standby)Inthismenuyoucanspecifythelengthoftimeforwhichthebalanceistobeinactivebeforeitswitchesautomaticallyinto“standby”mode.

Youcanswitchtheenergysavingfunctionoff(“Off”),oryoucanspecifyaperiodof30,60,120or240minutesafterwhichthebalanceistoswitchitselfintostandbymode.Thestandbymodeisthesamestateintowhichthebalanceenterswhenswitchedoffwiththe«On/Off»key.The«On/Off»keymustbepressedtoturnthebalanceonagain.

Factory setting: “Off”(standbymodedeactivated)

Note:Thebrightnessofthedisplayisreducedautomaticallyifthebalanceisnotusedforaperiodof15minutes,regardlessofthesettingforthestandbymode(Section5.7).

6.11 Settings for external keys (Aux connections)TheMETTLERTOLEDO“ErgoSens”canbeconnectedtothe“Aux1”and“Aux2”connectionsonyourbalance,andthesecanbeusedtoexecutecertainweighingfunctions.Afunctionisassignedtoeach“ErgoSens”inthismenu.

Selectthedesiredfunctionforeach“ErgoSens”:“Print”,zerosetting(«G»)ortaring(«H»).Ifno“ErgoSens”isconnectedtothecorrespondingAuxconnection,orifyouwanttodeactivateit,select“Off”.

Factory setting: “Off”

Page 49: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

Systemsettings

49

6.12 Loading the factory settingsInthismenuyoucanreturnallthesettingsinthebalancetothefactorysettings.

Please note: This reset will affect all the system settings as well as all the application-specific settings!

Forsecurityreasonsyouwillbepromptedtoconfirmwhetheryoureallywanttoloadthefactorysettings.Select“OK”toloadthefactorysettings,or“C”toretainthesettingsthathavebeenmadeuptonow.

Thebalancewillrestartafteryouhaveconfirmedthereset.Allthesystemsettingsandtheapplication-specificsettingshavetobemadeagain.

6.13 Access balance informationYoucanspecifyanidentifierforyourbalanceinthismenuandcanaccessthebalanceinformation.

Thefollowingoptionsareavailable:

“Balance ID”

Youcanassignanidentifiertoyourbalancehere(max.20characters).Thismakesiteasiertoidentifyindividualbalancesinplantswheremorethanonebalanceisused.Theinputwindowallowsalphanumericcharacterstobeentered.

Factory setting: nothingisspecified

Page 50: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

Systemsettings

50

SystemAdjust/Test FACT OnFACT FACT Temp.Criterion 1 KelvinProtocol Trigger OnAdjustweight 5000.00 gWeight 5000.00 g ID ECW-5000/1Certificate No. MT-414/ATestweight 5000.00 gWeight 5000.00 g ID ETW-5000/RCertificate No. MT-412Protocol Date/Time xBalance Type xSNR xSW-Version -Weight ID -Certificate No. -Temperature -Nominal Weight xActual Weight xDiff xSignature xWghparam Weighing Mode UniversalEnvironment StandardValue Release Reliable+FastAutoZero OnLanguageLanguage English

“Balance Information”

After pressing the“Show” button a window opens containing information about thebalanceandthebuilt-inoptions.Thisinformationisofparticularsignificanceforservicetechnicians.IfyouringtheMETTLERTOLEDOcustomerservicedepartmentyoushouldhavethisinformationathand.

Bypressingthe«F»keyyoucanprintout thebalanceinformation(assumingthataprinterisconnectedandhasbeenactivatedasanoutputdeviceintheperipheraldevicesettings).

6.14 Printing the system settings

Aslongasyouareinthesystemsettingsarea,youcanprintthemoutatanytimebypressingthe«F»key(assumingthataprinterisconnectedandhasbeenactivatedasanoutputdeviceintheperipheraldevicesettings).

Thediagramhereshowsasectionofaprintoutofsystemsettings.

Thesystemsettingsoftheopenwindowandthesettingsoftherelatedsubmenuareprintedout.

Page 51: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

The“Weighing”application

51

J

I

7 The “Weighing” application (XS-Ex2modelsonly)

In thisSectionwedescribe the“Weighing”application.Youwill find informationhereaboutpracticalaspectsofworkingwith thisapplicationandaboutitsspecificsettings.(InformationaboutthesystemsettingsthatarenotspecifictotheapplicationaretobefoundinSection6.)

7.1 Select the application

Unlessthe“Weighing”applicationisalreadyactive,pressthe«I»key.Pressthe“Weighing”iconintheselectionwindow.Thebalanceisthenreadyforweighing.

7.2 Settings for the “Weighing” applicationYouhavealreadylearntinSection4howasimpleweighingprocessiscarriedout.Inadditiontotheoperatingsequencesdescribedthere(zerosetting,taringandtheexecutionofasimpleweighingprocedure),yourbalanceoffersyouawiderangeoffacilitiesforadaptingthe“Weighing”proceduretoyourspecificrequirements.

7.2.1 Overview

Theapplication-specificsettingscanbeaccessedviathe«J»key.Thefirstofatotaloffourmenupagesappearsafterpressingthiskey.

Thefollowingsettingsareavailableforthe“Weighing”application:

“Function Keys”: Youcanspecifyherethefunctionkeysthataretoappearatthebottom edge of the display.These keys allow direct access tospecificfunctions(Section7.2.2).

“Info Field”: You can specify the information fields that are to appear here(Section7.2.3).

“AutoPrint”: You can choose here whether the weighing result shouldautomaticallybeprintedout(Section7.2.4).

Youcanaccessthenextmenupagebypressingthebuttonwiththearrowsymbol.

“Display Unit”: Specifies the unit in which the result will be displayed(Section7.2.5).

“Info Unit”: Specifiesanadditionalweightunitthatappearsinthedisplayasaninformationfield(Section7.2.5).

“Custom Unit”: Definitionofauniqueweightunit1(Section7.2.6).

Youcanreturntothepreviousmenupageormoveontothenextpagebypressingoneofthebuttonswiththearrowsymbol.

Page 52: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

The“Weighing”application

52

Weighing Function Keys ID -Display 2Lotcounter -Adjust.int 1Adjust.ext -Test int -Test ext 41/10d 3Header -Footer -Info Field ID1 -ID2 -ID3 -Info Unit -Tare 1Gross 2AutoPrint OffDisplay Unit g

Thefollowingsettingsareavailableonthethirdmenupage:

“Protocol”: Selecttheinformationthatistoappearontheweighingprintout(Section7.2.7).

“Print Key”: Specifiesthebehaviorofthe«F»keyformanuallyprintingweighingresults(Section7.2.8).

“Transfer Key”: Formatsthedatathatareoutputwiththe“Transfer”functionkey(Section7.2.9).

Thefollowingsettingsareavailableonthefourthmenupage:

“Identification”: Definitionofidentifications(Section7.2.10).

“Bar Code”: Thesesettingsareonlyrelevantifabarcodereaderisconnected.Youcanspecifyhowitsdataistobehandled(Section7.2.11).

“Ext. Keyboard”: Thesesettingsareonlyrelevantifanexternalkeyboardisconnected.Allowsyoutospecifyhowkeyboardinputsaretobeprocessed(Section7.2.12).

After making all the necessary settings, press the “OK” button to return to theapplication.

Inthefollowingsectionswewillpresentthevarioussettingsforthe“Weighing”applicationindetail.

Printing out the application-specific settings:

Aslongasyouareintheareafortheapplication-specificsettings,youcanprintoutthesettingsatanytimebypressingthe«F»key(assumingthataprinterisconnectedandhasbeenactivatedasanoutputdeviceinthesystemsettings).

ThediagramhereshowsaSectionofaprintoutofapplication-specificsettings.

Page 53: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

The“Weighing”application

53

7.2.2 Select function keysFunctionkeysofferyoudirectaccesstospecificfunctionsandsettingsfortheapplication.Thefunctionkeysareshownintheapplicationontheloweredgeofthedisplay(seeSection4.2).Thecorrespondingfunctionisinitiatedbypressingoneofthebuttons.

Inthismenuyoucanspecifywhichfunctionsshouldbemadeavailableintheapplication.

Thefunctionkeysthathaveanumberwillbedisplayedintheapplication.Thenumbersspecifythesequenceofthefunctionkeysonthedisplay.Ifyouactivateordeactivateafunctionkeybypressingit,thesequenceofthekeysisautomaticallyupdated.Tospecifyacompletelynewsequence,firstdeactivateallthefunctionkeys,thenactivatethemagaininthedesiredsequence.Youcanreturntothefactorysettingbypressing“STD”.Press“OK”tosavethechanges(orpress“C”toleavetheinputwindowwithoutsaving).

Thefollowingfunctionkeysareavailable.

“ID”: Thisfunctionkeyallowsyoutoassignidentifiers(descriptivetexts)toindividualweighingprocesses.Thesewillbeincludedintheprintouts.Afterpressingthefunctionkey,awindowappearsinwhichyouselecttheID,afterwhichyoucanenterthedesiredtext.YouwillfindinformationonthedefinitionoftheidentifiersinSection7.2.10.PracticalnotesonworkingwithidentifiersmaybefoundinSection7.3.3.

“Display”: Thisfunctionkeyallowsyoutoswitchbetweenthreedifferenttypesofdisplay(Section5.2).

“Lotcounter”: This function key allows you to enter an initial value for the item counter(Section7.3.2).

“Adjust.int.”and“Adjust.ext.”: Adjustmentofthebalanceusinganinternalorexternaladjustmentweight.YouwillfindnotesonexecutingandrecordingtheadjustmentinSection7.4.

“Test int.”and“Test ext.”: Checkingthebalanceadjustmentusinganinternalorexternaltestweight.YouwillfindnotesoncarryingoutthetestinSection7.4.

“1/10d”: This function key allows you to modify the readability of the weighing result(Section7.3.1).

“Header”and“Footer”: Thesefunctionkeysprinttheheaderandfooterlinesoftheprintoutrespectively(Section7.2.7).

“Transfer”: Thisfunctionkeyallowsthecurrentweightvaluetobesentdirectlytotheconnectedhostcomputer,withoutadditionaldata(additionalinformation).Ifdesired,theoutputdatacanbeformatted(Section7.2.9).

Factory setting: “Adjust.int.”,“Display”and“1/10d”areactivated(inthissequence).

Page 54: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

The“Weighing”application

54

7.2.3 Select information fieldsThe information fields provide continuous information about set values, measured results and so forth.The information fields aredisplayedintheapplicationunderneaththeweighingresult.Note:Theinformationfieldsareonlyshowninthedisplaymodeinwhichtheweightitselfisrepresentedonasmallscale.Intheothertwodisplaymodes,thelargerdisplayoftheweightusesthespacetakenbytheinformationfields(Section5.2).

In this menu you can specify which information fields should be displayed in theapplication.

Theinformationfieldsthathaveanumberwillbedisplayedintheapplication.Thenumbersspecifythesequenceoftheinformationfieldsonthedisplay.Important:Forreasonsofspace,amaximumofthreeinformationfieldscanbedisplayed.Ifyouactivatemorethanthreeinformationfields,onlythefirstthreewillinfactappearonthedisplay.Ifyouactivateordeactivateaninformationfieldbypressingit,thesequenceofthefieldsisautomaticallyupdated.Tospecifyacompletelynewsequence,firstdeactivatealltheinformationfields,thenactivatethemagaininthedesiredsequence.Youcanreturntothefactorysettingwith“STD”,while“C”allowsyoutoleavetheinputwindowwithoutsaving.Ifyouwishtosaveyourchanges,press“OK”.

Thefollowinginformationfieldsareavailable:

“ID1”,“ID2”and“ID3”: Theseinformationfieldsdisplaytheidentifiersenteredbymeansofthe“ID”functionkey.Note:Theidentifiersthathavebeenspecifiedaredisplayed,not“ID1”,“ID2”and“ID3”(Section7.2.10).

“Info Unit”: Thisinformationfielddisplaystheweghingresultinthesecondweighingunitthatyouhavechosen(Section7.2.5).

“Tare”: Thisinformationfielddisplaysthecurrenttarevalue(inthesameunitofweightastheweighingresultinthemaindisplay).

“Gross”: Thisinformationfielddisplaysthecurrentgrossweight(inthesameunitofweightastheweighingresultinthemaindisplay).

Factory setting: Noinformationfieldsareactivated.

7.2.4 Selections for automatic printoutsWiththismenuoptionyoucanspecifywhethertheweighingresultshouldautomaticallybeprintedout.

“Off”: Theweighingresultisnotautomaticallyprintedout,andthe«F»keymustbepressedtoprinttheresult.

“On”: Theweighingresultisautomaticallyprintedout,providedthenetweightisofatleastacertainvalue(dependentonthemodelofthebalance).Theinformationthatisprintedoutiswhatyouhavespecifiedforprintingindividualvalues(Section6.2.7).

Factory setting: “Off”.

Page 55: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

The“Weighing”application

55

7.2.5 Select weighing unitsYoucanspecifytheweighingunitswithwhichyouwanttoworkinthe“DisplayUnit”and“InfoUnit”menus.Iftwodifferentunitsarechosen,youcanhavetheweighingresultdisplayedintwodifferentweighingunitsatthesametime.

Thesamerangeofunitscanbeselectedforthe“DisplayUnit”asforthe“InfoUnit”(seealsotheconversiontableinSection18.1).Note:Dependingoncountry-specificrules,oncertifiedversionsofbalancessomeweighingunitsmaynotbeavailable.

If the“Display Unit” is changed, both the current measured weight and the valuesdisplayed in the“Tare” and“Gross” information fields (Section 7.2.3) appear in thenewweighingunit.

The“info Unit”isusedfortheinformationfieldofthesamename(Section7.2.3).

Factory setting: Dependsonthemodel(forbothunits).

7.2.6 Define freely selectable weighing unitsYoucandefineyourownweighingunit in the“CustomUnit”menu.Thispermitscalculationstobecarriedout immediatelyastheweighingresultisfound(e.g.forsurfaceareasorvolumes).Thefreelyselectableweighingunitisavailableinallthemenusandinputfieldswhereweighingunitscanbechosen.

Thefollowingfieldsareavailableinordertodefinethefreelyselectableweighingunit:

“Formula”: Thisiswhereyoucanspecifyhowthevaluewhichwillbespecifiedbelowunder“Factor”istobeappliedtothecalculation.Twoformulasareavailable,inwhich“F”representsthefactor,while“Net”representsthevalueoftheweighingresult.Inthefirstformula,thenetweightismultipliedbythefactor,whereasinthesecondformulathefactorisdividedbythenetweight.Theformulacan,forinstance,beusedtocompensateimmediatelyforaknownerrorfactorintheweightdetermination.

“Factor (F)”: Hereyoucanspecifythefactor(>0…max.10000000)thatistobeusedtomodifythe(net)weighingresult(inaccordancewiththepreviouslyselectedformula).

“Name”: Enteranameforyourfreeweighingunit(max.4characters).Note:Itisnotpermittedtoenterweightunits(“g”,“kg”,etc.),andthesewillberejectedwithanerrormessage.

“Result Output.Form”: Youcanspecifytheformattingoftheweighingresulthere.Example:Asettingof“0.05”definestwodecimalfiguresroundedtothenearest5(thiswouldmeanthatameasuredresultof123.4777wouldbedisplayedas123.50).Note:Thisfunctioncanonlybeusedtoreduce thereadabilityoftheresults.Donotenteravaluethatexceedsthemaximumreadabilityofyourbalance!

Factory setting: Nofreeweighingunitisdefined(“Off”)

Page 56: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

The“Weighing”application

56

------- Weighing -------28.Jul 2004 19:40Balance Type XS6002SXWeighBridge SNR: 1234567890Terminal SNR: 1234567890Customer Smith Inc. Order RP_222 Lot 09-34

Signature

........................

Forthesakeofclarity,thislargemenuisdividedintothreesubmenusinwhichyoucanspecifytheoptionsfortheprintoutheader,theprintingoftheindividualvalues,andforthefooter.

Options for the printout header

Inthissubmenuyoucanspecifytheinformationthatistobeprintedatthetopoftheweighingprintout(beforetheresultsthemselves).Theheaderwillautomaticallybeprintedifitisdefinedasanelementoftheweighingprintout(see“Optionsforprintingouttheindividualvalues”overleaf).Itcan,however,alsobeenprintedoutseparatelybypressingthe“Header”functionkey.Examinethesampleprintoutillustratedhere.

Youcanactivatethedesiredinformationbypressingtheappropriateboxes.Thoseitemsofinformationthathaveatickwillbeprintedout.Youcanreturntothefactorysettingwith“STD”,while“C”allowsyoutoleavetheinputwindowwithoutsaving.Ifyouwishtosaveyourchanges,press“OK”.

Thefollowingheaderoptionsareavailable:

“Blank Line”: Anemptylineisinserted.

“Appl. Name”: Thenameoftheapplicationisprinted(“Weighing”).

“Date/Time”: Thecurrentdateandtimeareprinted.

“Balance Type”: Themodelofthebalanceisreadfromtheinternalelectronics,andcannotbechangedbytheuser.

“SNR”: Theserialnumbersoftheterminalandoftheweighingplatformarereadfromthebalance’selectronics,andcannotbechanged.

“ID1”,“ID2”,“ID3”: The identifiers specified by means of the“ID” function key areprinted(Section7.3.3).

“Signature”: Insertsadottedlinewheretheprintoutcanbesigned.

Factory setting: “Appl.Name”(theapplication’sidentifier)isactivated.

7.2.7 Define printoutInthismenuyoucanspecifytheinformationthatistoappearontheweighingprintout.

Page 57: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

The“Weighing”application

57

T 54.37 g N 868.24 g G 922.61 g N 0.86824 kg

Options for printing out the individual values

Inthissubmenuyoucanspecifytheinformationthatistobeprintedforeveryindividualweighingresult(afterpressingthe«F»key).

Thefollowinginformationisavailableforinclusionontheprintoutsofweights:

“Header”: Theinformationspecifiedfortheheaderisprinted(seepreviousparagraph).

“Blank Line”: Anemptylineisinserted.

“ID1”,“ID2”,“ID3”: Theidentifiersthathavebeenenteredthroughthefunctionkeyswiththesenamesareprinted(Section7.3.3).

“Tare”: Thetarevalueusedinthecurrentweighingisprinted.

“Net”: Thevalueofthenetweightfromthecurrentweighingisprinted.

“Gross”: Thevalueofthegrossweightfromthecurrentweighingisprinted.

“Info Unit”: Theresultoftheweighing(thenetvalue)isalsoprintedusingtheselectedinformationunit(Section7.2.5).

“Signature”: Insertsadottedlinewheretheprintoutcanbesigned.

Factory setting: “Blankline”and“Net”areactive.

Thesampleshownhereillustratesaprintoutincludingalltheoptionsfortheindividualvalues,withtheexceptionofthe“Header",“BlankLine"andthe“IDs",sincethesehavealreadybeenillustratedinthesampleprintoutfortheheader.

“T” = Tarevalue“N” = Valueofthenetweight“G” = Valueofthegrossweight

Options for the footer on the printout

Inthissubmenuyoucanspecifytheinformationthatistobeprintedatthebottomoftheweighingprintout(aftertheresultsthemselves).Thefooterisprinted,ifthe“Footer”functionkeyspressed.

Thefollowingfooteroptionsareavailable:

“Blank Line”: Anemptylineisinserted.

“Appl. Name”: Thenameoftheapplicationisprinted(“Weighing”).

“Date/Time”: Thecurrentdateandtimeareprinted.

“Balance Type”: Themodelofthebalanceisreadfromtheinternalelectronics,andcannotbechangedbytheuser.

“SNR”: Theserialnumbersoftheterminalandoftheweighingplatformarereadfromthebalance’selectronics,andcannotbechanged.

“ID1”,“ID2”,“ID3”: The identifiers specified by means of the“ID” function key areprinted(Section7.3.3).

Page 58: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

The“Weighing”application

58

7.2.8 Selections for manual printoutsThesettingsinthe“PrintKey”menuallowyoutospecifythebehaviorofthe«F»(printout)key.

“Signature”: Insertsadottedlinewheretheprintoutcanbesigned.

“Dash Line”: Insertsabrokenseparatingline.

“3 Blank Lines”: Prints three blank lines to complete the printout (paperadvance).

Factory setting: “Signature”and“3BlankLines”areactive.

“Stable”: Afterpressingthe«F»keytheprintoutwillnotbemadeuntiltheweighingresultisstable.

“Dynamic”: Afterpressingthe«F»keytheprintoutwillbemadeimmediately,regardlessofwhethertheweighingresultisstableornot.

“Off”: Aprintoutisnotmadewhenthe«F»keyispressed;thekeyisinactive.

Factory setting: “Stable”.

7.2.9 Formatting the output data

Youcanusethe“Transfer”functionkeytotransmitthestableweightvalueacrosstheinterface toahost computer (Section7.2.2). In thismenu, youcan specifyhowyouwanttheoutputvaluestobeformatted.Youmayneedtodothisifyouuseyourbalancetogetherwithotherinstruments,programs,orperipheraldevicesthatrequireaparticulardataformat.Youcanalsousethismenutospecifywhetherthedatashouldonlybeoutputtothehostoralsototheprinter.

Atthefactory,thedataoutputissettoastandard formatthatisessentiallythesameastheformatdisplayedontheterminal,butfollowedbyend-of-the-linecharactersthataredefinedforthehost(Section6.6).Negativeweightvalueshaveaminussignplacedbeforethevalue.Theoutputweightvalueisleft-justified.

Example(–12.8934g):

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

– 1 2 . 8 9 3 4 g CR LF

Note:Ifyoureducetheresolutionofthedisplayedvalue,theweightvalueisalsotrasnmit-tedtothehostwithreducedresolution.

If,atthetimewhenthedataaretransmitted,thebalanceisdisplayinganunderloadoroverload,“UNDERLOAD”or“OVERLOAD”istransmittedinsteadoftheweightvalue.

Page 59: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

The“Weighing”application

59

Ifyouwanttochangetheoutputformat,touchthebuttonnextto“Data output format”.

Activate“Customise”andthentouchthe“Define”button.

Thismenucontainssettingsforthefollowingdatafields:

– Netweightsymbol

– Weightvalue

– Weightunit

Intheoutputdata,thesefieldsareseparatedbyaspacecharacter.Thecompletedatarecordisterminatedwiththeend-of-linecharactersthatweredefinedforthehost(Sec-tion6.6).

Thesettingsfortheindividualdatafieldsareexplainedbelow.

Net weight symbol

Inthestandardoutputformat,netweightsarenotspeciallyidentified.Ifyouwantthenetweightstobeprecededbyan“N”,youmustactivatethisfunctionandalsospecifythefieldlength(1–10characters).Thenetsymbolisalignedleft-justifiedinthefield.Note:Ifthebalancehasnotbeentared,thenetsymbolisnottransmitted.Instead,spacecharacterscorrespondingtotheselectedfieldlengtharetransmitted.

Factory setting: Netweightsymboldeactivated. Fieldlength5characters.

Format of the weight value

Toformattheweightvalue,thefollowingoptionsareavailable:

“Field length”: Total length of the data field for the weight value includingsign, decimal point, and decimal places (1 – 20 characters). Note:Irrespectiveofyoursetting,enoughdecimalplaceswillal-waysbeoutputfortheweightvalueshownontheterminaltobecompletedlytransmitted.Theweightvalueisoutputright-justified.Factory setting:10.

Page 60: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

The“Weighing”application

60

“No. of dec. digits”: Numberofdecimalplaces(0–6digits).Ifthesetnumberislessthanthenumberofdecimalplacesdisplayedontheterminal,thevaluewillberoundedtotheselectednumberofdecimalplacesbeforeitistransmitted.

Factory setting:Max.numberofdecimalplacesofthebalance.

“Sign”: Whensetto“Always”,theweightvalueisalwaysprecededbyaplusorminussign.Ifyouselect“Neg. values”,negativevalueswillbeprecededbyaminussign,butpositivevalueswillbetransmittedwithoutasign.Factory setting:“Neg.values”.

“Sign position”: Youcanuse thissetting tospecifywhether thesignshouldbeimmediatelyinfrontoftheweightvalue(rightjustified)orwithagapinbetween(leftjustified).

Factory setting:Rightjustified(immediatelyinfrontoftheweightvalue).

Field for the weight unit

Inthestandardoutputformat,eachweightvalueisoutputwiththeassociatedweightunit(correspondingtothecurrentdisplayunit).Inthismenuyoucanchoosewhetherweightunitsshouldbetransmittedwithorwithoutunitandalsospecifythefieldlengthfor theweightunit(1–5characters). Irrespectiveofyoursettingfor thefield length,enoughdecimalplaceswillbeoutputfortheweightvalueshownontheterminaltobecompletelytransmitted.Theweightunitisoutputleft-justified(separatedfromtheweightvaluebyaspacecharacter).

Factory setting: Outputoftheweightunitisactivated. Fieldlength3characters.

Data output on the printer

Whenyoupressthe“Transfer”functionkey,thedataarenormallyonlytrasnmittedtothehost.Ifyoualsowanttosendthedatatotheprinter,activatethesetting“Data transfer to printer”.Note:Thepreviouslydescribedsettingsforformattingthedatadonotaffecthowthedataareoutputontheprinter.Thisisentirelycontrolledbytheprotocolsettings(Section7.2.7).

Factory setting: Dataoutputontheprinterisdeactivated(“Off”).

Page 61: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

The“Weighing”application

61

7.2.10 Define identifierInthismenuitispossibletoactivatethethreeidentifiersthatareavailableunderthe“ID”key(Section7.2.2)andtochangetheirnames.

SelecttheIDthatyouwishtoactivateordeactivate,orwhosenameyouwantchange.Note: DeactivatedIDs(“Off”)arenolongeravailableforselectionunderthe“ID”functionkey.

AwindowthenappearsinwhichyoucanactivatetheIDandchangethename.

Atthefactory,theIDsarepre-setwiththenames“ID1”,“ID2”and“ID3”.Youcanreplacethesewithyourownnames,suchas“Customer”for“ID1”,“Order”for“ID2”and“Batch”for“ID3”.

PresstheassociatedbuttoninordertochangethecurrentnameofanID.Analphanumericinputfieldwillappearwhereyoucantypethenewname(max.20characters).TheIDisthenavailable,withitsnewname,underthe“ID”functionkey.

Thenamesthathavebeenenteredalsoappearasthetitlesoftherelevantinformationfields(Section7.2.3),andarealsoincludedontheprintout(Section7.2.7).

NotesonworkingwithidentifiersmaybefoundinSection7.3.3.

Factory setting: “ID1”active(named“ID1”)

7.2.11 Specifications for handling barcode dataIfabarcodereaderisconnectedtoyourbalance,youcanspecifyhowitsdataisprocessedinthismenu.

Thefollowingsettingsmaybechosen:

"Off": Barcodedataisnotprocessed.Thissettingshouldbechosenifabarcodereaderisnotconnected.

"ID1","ID2","ID3": Thereceivedbarcodedataistreatedasidentifyingtext,andas-signedtothecorrespondingidentifier(Section7.3.3).Note:Theidentifiersthathavebeenspecifiedaredisplayed,ratherthan"ID1","ID2"or"ID3"(Section7.2.10).

“Host”: Thebarcodedataisnotprocessedinthebalance,butistransmitteddirectlytoaconnectedPC.IfnoPCisconnectedorthePCcannotreceivethedata,thedataisignored.

“Open Input”: Thebarcodedataiswrittentotheinputwindow(e.g.,itemcounterorID)thatiscurrentlyopenintheapplicationandtheinputwindowisthenclosedautomatically.Ifnoinputwindowisopen,thedataisignored.

Factory setting: "Off".

Note:Ifyouconnectabarcodereadertoyourbalance,youmustconfigurethesystemsettingsfortheinterfaceappropriately(Section6.6).

Page 62: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

The“Weighing”application

62

7.2.12 Specifications for processing keyboard entriesIfanexternal keyboardisconnectedtoyourbalance,thismenucanbeusedtospecifyhowthedataistobeprocessed.

Thefollowingsettingsareavailable:

“Off”: Nokeyboardentriesareprocessed.Thissettingshouldbeusedifnokeyboardisconnected.

“Host”: Thekeyboardentriesarenotprocessed in thebalance,butaretransmitteddirectlytotheconnectedPC.IfnoPCisconnectedorthePCcannotreceivethedata,thedataisignored.

“Open Input”: Thekeyboardentriesarewrittentotheinputwindow(e.g.,itemcounteror ID) that iscurrentlyopen in theapplicationandthewindowisthenclosedautomatically.Ifnoinputwindowisopen,thedataisignored.

Factory setting: “OpenInput”.

Note:Ifyouconnectanexternalkeyboardtoyourbalance,configuretheinterfaceinthesystemsettingsaccordingly(Section6.6).

Page 63: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

The“Weighing”application

63

7.3.3 Working with identifiersIdentifiersaretextsthatdescribeindividualweighingprocedures.Theymakeiteasytoassignweighedmaterialstoparticularordersorcustomers.Theidentifiersareincludedontheprintouts(oraretransmittedtoaconnectedcomputer).

Itisnecessarytoactivatethe“ID”functionkeyinordertobeabletoworkwithidentifiers(Section7.2.2).Thisfunctionkeyallowsyoutocalluptheavailableidentifiers,ofwhichtheremaybeuptothree.Note:IftheIDsaredeactivated,thefunctionkeyisshowningray,andpressingithasnoeffect.InthatcaseitisnecessaryfirstactivatetheIDs(Section7.2.10),beforeyoucanusetheidentifiers.

Thethreeidentifiersarenamed“ID1”,“ID2”and“ID3”atthefactory.Youcanreplacethesenameswithmoremeaningful titlesappropriatetoyourparticularapplication(Section7.2.10).Thenamesyouhavechosen(suchas“Customer”forID1,“Order”forID2and“Batch”forID3)arethenavailableunderthe“ID”functionkey.

7.3 Working with the “Weighing” applicationYouhavealreadyseeninSection4howasimpleweighingprocessiscarriedout.InthisSectionwewillshowyouhowthevariousfunctionsinthe“Weighing”applicationcanbeusedinpractice.

7.3.1 Changing the readability of the measured weightThebalanceisfactoryadjustedsothatthemeasuredweightisdisplayedwiththemaximumreadabilityofwhichtheparticularmodeliscapable(accordingto1d).Youcanchangethereadabilityofthemeasuredweightatanystageinyourwork.

Tochangethereadabilityofthemeasuredweight,thecorrespondingfunctionkeymustbeactivated(Section7.2.2).Thisfunctionkeyallowsyoutodisplaythereadabilitywithonlyonetenthoftheprecision,i.e.withonelessdecimalpoint.

7.3.2 Working with the item counterTheitemcounterinsertsanumberinfrontofeveryweightvalueonaprintout,andthisnumberisautomaticallyincreasedby1witheveryprintout.

It is necessary toactivate theassociated function key inorder toworkwith the itemcounter(Section7.2.2).

Whenyoupressthisfunctionkey,anumericalinputfieldappearsinwhichyoucanspecifytheinitialvaluefortheitemcounter.Thevalueispresetto0atthefactory,whichmeansthattheitemcounterisswitchedoff.Ifyouwanttostarttheitemcounter,enteraninitialvalueintherange1...999.

Everytimethe«F»keyisusedtoprintouttheresultsofaweighing,anitemcounterisaddedinfrontoftheweightvalues,andthiscounterisincreasedby1witheverynewprintout.Whenthecounterreachesthemaximumvalueof999,numberingstartsagainat1.

Note:The item counter also functions in connection with automatic printouts (Sec-tion7.2.4).

1 N 35.87 g

2 N 60.24 g

3 N 80.48 g

Page 64: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

The“Weighing”application

64

Customer Mettler-Toledo GmbHOrder RF 414/01Batch 07 N 114.46 g

Werecommendthatthecorrespondinginformationfieldsarealsoactivatedwhenwork-ingwithidentifiers(Section7.2.3).Theinformationfieldshavethenamesthatyouhaveselectedforthethreeidentifiers.

Theexamplehereillustratesthebalance’sdisplayafteractivationoftheIDfunctionkeyandtheIDinformationfields.

TheworkingexamplehereisbasedonIDnamesasdefinedintheexampleabove.

Ifyouwanttocarryoutanorderforacustomerintheapplication,pressthe“ID”functionkey.Youcanthenselecttheidentifierforwhichyouwanttoenteratext(e.g.“Customer”).

Afieldappearswhereyoucanenterthecustomername(seediagramhere).Enterthename,andconfirmyourentrywith“OK”.

Afterpressingthe“ID”functionkeyandselectingthe“Order”ID,asimilarfieldappearswheretheordernamecanbeentered.Thebatchnamecanbeenteredafteryouhavepressedthe“ID”keyandselectedthe“Batch”ID.Eachidentifiercanbeupto20characterslong.

Whenalltheentriesarecomplete,youcanchecktheselectedidentifiersagainthroughtheinformationfieldsonthedisplay.

Alltheidentifyingtextsarestoreduntiltheyarereplacedbynewones.

Ifyouhavedefinedtheweighingprintoutinsuchawaythattheidentifiersareincludedin theprintout (Section7.2.7), thenboth the IDnames that youhave specified (e.g.“Customer”)andthetextthathasbeenentered(e.g.“Mettler-ToledoGmbH”)areprinted.The illustrationhereshowsaprintout including identifications inaccordancewiththeexampleabove.

Page 65: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

The“Weighing”application

65

Pressingthisfunctionkeytriggersanadjustmentofthebalanceusingthebuilt-inadjust-mentweight.Youcandothisatanytime;youcanalsospecifyinthesystemsettingsthatthebalancerequestsadjustmentassoonasaspecifiedchangeinambienttemperaturehastakenplace(“CalInfo”setting,Section6.3.1).

Youcanhearmotorsmovingtheinternalweightintoplaceandremovingitagain.Thewindowshownhereisdisplayedduringtheadjustment.Theiconsareanimated,sothatyoucanvisuallyfollowtheadjustmentprocess.Youcanhalttheadjustmentprocessatanytimebypressingthe“Cancel”key.

Oneofthetwofollowingmessageswillappearwhentheprocessiscomplete:

The adjustment has been successfully completed.Press“OK”toreturntotheapplica-tion.

Ifaprinterisconnectedtothebalancetheadjustmentwillautomaticallyberecordedonahardcopyinaccordancewiththespecificationsthatyouhavemadeforprintingoutadjustmentsinthesystemsettings(Section6.3.4).YouwillfindasampleprintoutinSection7.4.6.

Assoonasthespecifiedtemperaturecriterionissatisfied,thissmallstatusiconappearsinthetopright-handcornerofthedisplay.ThebalanceindicatesinthiswaythatitwantstocarryoutaFACTadjustment.Note:duringthefirst24hoursfollowingconnectiontothemains,FACTwillexecuteanumberoftimes,regardlessofwhatcriterionhasbeenselected.

Assoonasanyloadhasbeenremovedfromthebalance,andassumingthatakeyisnotpressedforaperiodof2minutes,theadjustmentautomaticallybegins.Awindowappearsinthecourseoftheadjustment,informingyouabouttheprogressofthecalibration.Ifyouareworkingwiththebalanceatthetimeoftheadjustment,youcanstopFACTwiththe“Cancel”button.Thebalancewillcarryouttheadjustmentatthenextopportunity.

Whentheadjustmenthasbeencompleted,thebalancereturnsautomaticallytotheap-plication.EveryFACTadjustmentisrecordedonaprintoutautomaticallyinaccordancewiththesettingsyouhavemade(Section6.3.1).Whatinformationisalsoincludedinadditiontotheadjustmentdatadependsonthesettingsyouhavemadeforadjustmentandtestprintouts(Section6.3.4).YouwillfindasampleprintoutinSection7.4.6.

7.4.2 Adjustment with the internal weight

7.4 Adjust the balance and check the adjustmentYourbalanceisfactorysettofullyautomaticadjustment,FACT.FACTadjuststhebalanceautomaticallyassoonasthisismadenecessarybyachangeintheambienttemperature.Youcan,however,carryoutamanualadjustmentand/orcheckusingtheinternalweightoranexternalweightatanytime.

It isassumed in the followingdescriptions that theappropriate functionkeys foradjustmentand tests (Section7.2.2)havebeenactivated.

7.4.1 Fully automatic adjustment FACTFACTadjustsyourbalanceautomaticallyinaccordancewithaspecifiedtemperaturecriterion(Section6.3.1).

Page 66: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

The“Weighing”application

66

7.4.3 Adjustment with an external weightPressingthisfunctionkeytriggersanadjustmentofthebalanceusinganexternaladjust-mentweight.Youcandothisatanytime;youcanalsospecifyinthesystemsettingsthatthebalancerequestsadjustmentassoonasaspecifiedchangeinambienttemperaturehastakenplace(“CalInfo”setting,Section6.3.1).Note:Dependingonregulationsthatvaryfromcountrytocountry,adjustmentwithanexternalweightmaynotbeavailableoncertifiedbalances.

Ifthereisaweightontheweighingpanatthetimeoftheadjustment,theflashingdisplay“0.00 g”promptsyoutoremoveit.Youwillthenbepromptedtoplacetheadjustmentweightonthepan.Therequiredadjustmentweightisindicatedattheloweredgeofthewindow.

Important: Makesurethatyouplacethecorrectweightonthepan,otherwisethead-justmentprocesswillbeabortedwithanerrormessage.Theadjustmentweightcanbespecifiedinthesystemsettings(Section6.3.2).

Note: Youcanhalttheadjustmentprocessatanytimewiththe“Cancel”key.

Theadjustmentprocesscontinuesautomaticallyoncetherequiredweighthasbeenplacedonthepan.Thewindowshownhereisdisplayedduringtheadjustment.

Attheendoftheadjustmentprocedure,youarepromptedtoliftofftheweight.Removetheadjustmentweightfromtheweighingpan.

An error occurred during the adjustment, and the process was aborted.Thismessagewillalsoappearwhenyouhavecancelledtheadjustmentyourself.Youcanrepeattheadjustmentprocedure,orcanreturntotheapplicationbypressing“OK”.

Page 67: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

The“Weighing”application

67

7.4.4 Checking the adjustment with the internal weightYou can use the internal weight to check the correct adjustment of your balance bypressingthisfunctionkey.

Thecheckingprocedureissimilartothatusedforadjustmentwiththeinternalweight(Section7.4.2).

Successfulcompletionofthecheckingprocessisconfirmedwiththewindowshownhere.Ifaprinterisconnectedtothebalancethecheckwillautomaticallyberecordedonahardcopyinaccordancewiththespecificationsthatyouhavemadeforprintingoutchecksinthesystemsettings(Section6.3.4).YouwillfindasampleprintoutinSection7.4.6.

Anappropriatemessageappears if thecheckingprocess isabortedasaresultofanerror.

7.4.5 Checking the adjustment with an external weight

Thebalanceconfirmssuccessfulcompletionoftheadjustment.Press“OK”toreturntotheapplication.

Ifaprinterisconnectedtothebalancetheadjustmentwillautomaticallyberecordedonahardcopyinaccordancewiththespecificationsthatyouhavemadeforprintingoutadjustmentsinthesystemsettings(Section6.3.4).YouwillfindasampleprintoutinSection7.4.6.

Ifanerroroccursduringtheadjustmentprocess,acorrespondingerrormessageappearssimilartothatforadjustmentusingtheinternalweight(seeprevioussection).

Youcanuseandexternalweight tocheck thecorrectadjustmentofyourbalancebypressingthisfunctionkey.

Thecheckingprocedureissimilartothatusedforadjustmentwithanexternalweight.Aftercompletionofthecheckamessageappearssimilartothatforcheckingtheadjust-mentusingtheinternalweight. Ifaprinterisconnectedtothebalancethecheckwillautomaticallyberecordedonahardcopyinaccordancewiththespecificationsthatyouhavemadeforprintingoutchecksinthesystemsettings(Section6.3.4).YouwillfindasampleprintoutinSection7.4.6.

Page 68: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

The“Weighing”application

68

7.4.6 Adjustment and test print-outs (sample printouts)Printout of an internal or FACT adjustment Printout of an external adjustment

Note:AsignaturelineisnotprintedoutforaFACTadjustment.

Printout of an internal test Printout of an external test

- External adjustment --3.Sep 2004 18:39

METTLER TOLEDO

Balance Type XS6002SXWeighBridge SNR: 1234567890Terminal SNR: 1234567890SW WeighBridge 1.02SW Terminal 1.14Weight ID ECW-5000/1Certificate No. MT-414/A

Temperature 27.6 °C Nominal 5000.00 g

Adjustment done

Signature

........................------------------------

---- External test -----3.Sep 2004 18:40

METTLER TOLEDO

Balance Type XS6002SXWeighBridge SNR: 1234567890Terminal SNR: 1234567890SW WeighBridge 1.02SW Terminal 1.14Weight ID ETW-5000/RCertificate No. MT-412

Temperature 27.6 °C Nominal Weight 5000.00 g Actual 4999.96 g Diff -0.04 g

Test done

Signature

........................------------------------

----- Internal test ----3.Sep 2004 17:38

METTLER TOLEDO

Balance Type XS6002SXWeighBridge SNR: 1234567890Terminal SNR: 1234567890SW WeighBridge 1.02SW Terminal 1.14

Temperature 27.6 °C Nominal 100.0000 % Actual 99.9940 % Diff -0.0060 %

Test done

Signature

........................------------------------

- Internal adjustment --3.Sep 2004 17:37

METTLER TOLEDO

Balance Type XS6002SXWeighBridge SNR: 1234567890Terminal SNR: 1234567890SW WeighBridge 1.02SW Terminal 1.14

Temperature 27.6 °C

Adjustment done

Signature

........................------------------------

Page 69: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

The“Statistics”application

69

I

J

8 The “Statistics” application (XS-Ex2modelsonly)

In thisSectionwedescribe the“Statistics”application.Youwill find informationhereaboutpractical aspectsofworkingwith thisapplicationandaboutitsspecificsettings.(InformationaboutthesystemsettingsthatarenotspecifictotheapplicationaretobefoundinSection6.)

8.1 Introduction to the “Statistics” application.The“Statistics”applicationbasicallyoffersthesamefacilitiesasthe“Weighing”application,butcontainsadditionalsettingsandfunctionsforthestatisticalrecordingandanalysisofweighingseries.

Manyoftheapplication-dependentsettingsareidenticaltothoseofthe“Weighing”application.Additionalfunctionkeysandinformationfieldsareneverthelessavailableforthestatistics.Onlythosesettingswillbeexplainedindetailinthefollowingdescriptionsthataredifferentfromthoseofthe“Weighing”application.

8.2 Select the application

8.3 Settings for the “Statistics” applicationAnumberofdifferentspecificsettingsareavailable for theStatistics,andthesecanbeusedtoadapt theapplication tosuityourneeds.

8.3.1 Overview

Theapplication-specificsettingscanbeaccessedviathe«J»key.Thefirstofatotaloffourmenupagesappearsafterpressingthiskey.

Unlessthe“Statistics”applicationisalreadyactive,pressthe«I»key.Presstheiconfortheapplicationintheselectionwindow.

Thefollowingdisplayappearswhentheapplicationhasbeenselected.Thespecialfunctionkeysandinformationfieldsforstatisticsareactivatedunderthefactorysettings.YoucanadaptthesettingstoyourownrequirementsasdescribedinthefollowingSections.

Notes: If theinformationfieldsarenotdisplayedonyourbalance,pressthe“Display”functionkeytoreducethesizeofthedisplayoftheweight,andtherebyprovidespacefortheinformationfieldstobeshown.Thetwofunctionkeysfor“Result”and“CLResult”appearingraybecauseatthisstagethestatisticalfunctionsdonotcontainanyvalues.

Page 70: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

The“Statistics”application

70

Apartfromasmallnumberofexceptions,thesettingsavailableforthe“Statistics”applicationareidenticalwiththoseforthe“Weighing”application(Section7.2).Onlydifferencesinthesettingsaredescribedbelow.Theseconcernthefollowingmenus:

“Function Keys”:Additional functionkeysareavailable fortheStatistics.

“Info Field”:AdditionalinformationfieldsareavailablefortheStatistics.

“Protocol”:AdditionalprintoutinformationisavailablefortheStatistics.

“Additive Mode”:In this menu, which is only available inthe “Statistics” menu, you can activatethe additive mode (series weighing withautomatictaring).

InthefollowingSectionswewillpresentthespecificsettingsforthe“Statistics”applicationindetail.

8.3.2 Special function keys for statistical purposesThefollowingsettingsareavailableinthefunctionkeymenuforusewiththestatisticssystem:

“M+”: Thisfunctionkeypassesthecurrentstableweighttothestatisticssystem(Section8.4.1).

“Result”: Thisfunctionkeyopensthestatisticswindow(Section8.4.1).

“CL Result”: Thisfunctionkeydeletesthestatisticsfromaseriesofweighings(Section8.4.1).

“CL last”: This functionkeyclears themost recently savedmeasurement(Section8.4.1).

“Nominal”: Youspecifythedesiredtargetweightwiththisfunctionkey(Section8.4.2).Thetargetvalueisalsousedasareferenceforthetolerances(describedbelow).

“+Tol”and“–Tol”: Youcanspecifywiththesefunctionkeystheprecision(tolerances)with which you want the weighing to be carried out (Section8.4.2).

“Max n”: Youspecifythemaximumnumberofsamplesinaserieswiththisfunctionkey(Section8.4.1).

All the remaining function keys correspond to those for the“Weighing” application(Section7.2.2).

Factory setting: “M+”, “Result” , “CL Result” and “Display” are active (in thatsequence).

Page 71: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

The“Statistics”application

71

8.3.3 Special statistical information fieldsThefollowingsettingsareavailableonthefirsttwopagesoftheinformationfieldsmenuforthedisplay of statistical values:

“n”: Numberofsamplesweighed.

“x”: Meanweightofallsamples.

“s”and“s.rel”: Standarddeviationasanabsoluteorasapercentagefigure.

“Sum”: Summedweightofalltheindividualweighings.

“Min”and“Max”: Smallest and largest weights found in the current series ofweighings.

“Diff”: Differencebetweenthesmallestandlargestmeasuredweights.

“Nominal”: Indicates the target value that has been entered through thefunctionkeywiththesamename.

“+Tol”and“–Tol”: These information fieldsdisplay the tolerances that havebeenenteredthroughthefunctionkeyswiththesamenames.

Alltheinformationfieldskeyscorrespondtothoseforthe“Weighing”application(Section7.2.3).

Factory setting: “n”,“x”and“s”areactivated(inthissequence).

Additionalsettingsforstatistics,describedbelow,areavailableinthethreesubmenusinwhichyoucanspecifytheoptionsfortheprintoutheader,forprintingtheindividualvalues,andfortheresult.

Note:Theremainingavailableprintoutinformationcorrespondstothatforthe“Weighing”application(Section7.2.7),andisnotdescribedhere.

The printout header

Additionalsettingsforstatisticsareavailableonthesecondpageofthissubmenu:

“Max n”: Printsthespecifiedmaximumnumberofsamplesintheseries.

“Nominal”: Printsthespecifiedtargetweight.

“+Tol”and“–Tol”: Thespecifiedtolerancesareprinted.

Factory setting: “Appl.Name"(“Statistics” isprinted); thusnospecificstatisticalinformationisactivated.

Theheader isautomaticallyprintedwhen the“M+” key ispressedduringa seriesofweighingsinordertopassthefirstmeasuredweighttothestatisticalsystem.Theheadercanalsobeprintedseparatelybypressingthe“Header”functionkey.

8.3.4 Special printout information for statistical purposes

Page 72: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

The“Statistics”application

72

Printing the individual values

Thesameadditionalsettingsareavailableinthisissubmenuasareprovidedfortheheader:(“Maxn”,“Nominal”,“+Tol”and“–Tol”).

Factory setting: “Net”(thenetweightofthecurrentweighing).Nospecificstatisticalinformationisactivated.

Anindividualvalueisautomaticallyprintedwhenthe“M+”functionkeyispressedduringaseriesofweighings.Anindividualvaluecan,however,alsobeenprintedoutseparatelybypressingthe«F»functionkey.

Printing the result

Youspecifytheadditionalstatisticalinformationthatistobeincludedintheresultprintoutinthissubmenu:

“Max n”: Thespecifiedmaximumnumberofsamplesintheseries.

“Nominal”: Thespecifiedtargetweight.

“+Tol”and“–Tol”: Thespecifiedtolerances.

“n”: Numberofsamplesweighed.

“x”: Meanweightofallsamples.

“s”and“s.rel”: Standarddeviationasanabsoluteorasapercentagefigure. Note:Thesetwovaluesareonlyprintedifthestatisticalsystem

containsatleastthreevalues;otherwisehorizontalbarsaredis-playedinsteadofthevalues.

“Min”and“Max”: Smallest and largest weights found in the current series ofweighings.

“Diff”: Differencebetweenthesmallestandlargestmeasuredweights.

“Sum”: Summedweightofallthesavedindividualweighings.

Factory setting: “n”,“x”,“s”,“s.rel”,“Min”,“Max”,“Diff”and“Sum”.The“Signature”and“3BlankLines”settingsarealsoactive(Section7.2.7).

Theseresultsareprintedwhenthe«F»keyispressedwhilethestatisticswindowisopen.Ifaspecificnumberofsampleshasbeendefinedforaseriesofweighings(“Maxn”)theresultsareprintedautomaticallyassoonasthevalueoftheweightofthelastsamplehasbeenpassedtothestatisticssystemusingthe“M+”key.

Note:“Maxn”,“Nominalvalue”,“+Tol"and“–Tol”areincludedontheprintoutofresults,butarenotdisplayedinthestatisticswindow.

Youwillfindasample printoutwithstatisticalvaluesinSection8.4.3.

Page 73: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

The“Statistics”application

73

8.3.5 Activate additive modeInthismenu,whichisonlyavailableinthe“Statistics”application,youcanswitchtheadditivemodeonoroff.Inweighingseriesmadewiththeadditivemodeactiveyoudonothavetoremovethesamplesfromtheweighingpan.

“Off": Additivemodeisswitchedoff.

“On": Additivemodeisswitchedon.Theresultofweighingasampleispassedtothestatisticalsystembypressingthe“M+”functionkey,afterwhichthebalanceisautomaticallytared.Thenextsamplecanbeweighedwithouthavingtoremovetheprevioussamplesfromtheweighingpan.

Factory setting: “Off”.

8.4 Working with the “Statistics” applicationInthisSectionyouwilllearnhowtoworkwiththe“Statistics”application.Itisofcoursepossibletospecifyatare,modifythereadabilityofthemeasuredweight,useidentifiersandsoforth.Youwillalreadybefamiliarwiththesefacilitiesfromthe“Weighing”application(Section7.3),andtheywillthereforenotbeexplainedagainhere.

8.4.1 Statistical recording of series of weighings

Default settings

Atleastthethreefunctionkeysshownheremustbeactivatedforyoutobeabletousethestatistics(Section8.3.2).

It isalso recommended that the two functionkeysoppositeareactivated.Theyallowincorrectvaluestobedeleted(“CLLast”)andthenumberofsamplesthatshouldbeincludedinaseriesofmeasurementstobespecified(“Maxn”).

Aprintershouldbeconnectedtoyourbalancetomakebestuseofthestatisticalfunctions.Ifthisisnotthecase,werecommendthatyouactivatethethreeinformationfieldsthatwillbemostimportantforyourapplication(e.g.“n”,“x”and“Sum”.SeeSection8.3.3).

Note:Ifyoustartaweighingserieswitha“CustomUnit”(Section7.2.6),theweightunitcanonlybechangedafteryouhavecompletedthemeasurementseries.

Operating sequence

Ifthenumberofsamplesthatistobeweighedforaseriesisalreadyspecified,youcanpressthe“Max n”functionkeyandenterthenumberofsamples(max.999).Theseriesisautomaticallycompletedafterthelastsamplehasbeenweighed,thestatisticalwindowisopened,andtheresultsareprintedout.Notes:Thisfunctionkeyisonlyactiveaslongasthestatisticalsystemdoesnotcontainanymeasurements.Theseriesisunlimitedifyouenterthevalue0(zero)for“Max n”,andyoucanweighupto999samples.

Ifyouareworkingwithaweighingcontainer,placethisonthebalanceandpressthe«H»totarethebalance.

Page 74: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

The“Statistics”application

74

Placethefirstsampleonthebalance,andpressthe“M+”functionkeytopasstheweighttothestatisticalsystem.Assoonasthevalueoftheweightisstable(horizontalbarsdisap-pearinthedisplay)thevalueispassedtothestatisticalsystem.Theheaderisprintedouttogetherwiththeresult(thesinglevalue)ofthecurrentweighing(Section8.3.4).

Removethefirstsample.Note:IfyouhaveactivatedAdditiveMode(Section8.3.5)youcanleavethesampleontheweighingpan,becausethebalancewillautomaticallybetaredafterthe“M+”functionkeyhasbeenpressed.

Placetheothersamplesonthebalanceinturn.Confirmeachweighingwiththe“M+”functionkey,liftthesampleoffandtarethebalance(notnecessaryifadditivemodewasactive).Eachtime“M+”ispressedtheindividualvaluethathasbeenfoundisautomati-callyprinted.

Notes:– Anerrormessageappearsifyoupressthe“M+”keywithouttheweighthavingchanged.

Thispreventsthesamesamplefrombeingmeasuredtwice.

– Ifyouhaveaccidentallyplacedanincorrectweightonthebalanceandsavedtheresultoftheweighingyoucandeletethemostrecentvaluewiththe“CL Last”functionkey(onlyavailablewhenvalueshavebeensaved,otherwisethekeyappearsgrayandcannotbeactivated).Onceavaluehasbeendeletedthekeybecomesinactive,andwillonlyworkagainafterthenextvaluehasbeenpassedtothestatisticalsystem.

Whenallsampleshavebeenweighed,pressthe“Result”functionkey(onlyavailablewhenvalueshavebeensaved;otherwisethekeyappearsgrayanditcannotbeactivated).Thistemporarilyhaltsthemeasurementprocessandopensthatstatisticalwindow.(Youcan,however,continuetheseriesatanytime).Note:Ifthe“Max n”functionkeywasusedbeforeweighingstartedtospecifythenumberofsamples,thenwhenthelastsamplehasbeenweighedthestatisticalwindowwillopenautomatically,withthecommentthatthemaximumnumberofsampleshasbeenreached.

Thestatisticalwindowcontainstheresultof theseriesofweighings.(Theinformationthatyouselectedforprintingtheresultisdisplayed,seeSection8.3.4).PleasenotetheinformationinSection8.4.3regardingunits,readabilityandtheprecisionofthedisplayedvalues.

Thearrowkeysallowyoutoswitchbetweentheindividualscreendisplays.Youcanprinttheresultbypressingthe«F»key.

YouwillfindacompletesampleprintoutwithstatisticalvaluesinSection8.4.3.

Ifyouaresurethatyouwanttocompletethemeasuringprocedureandclearthememoryforafurtherseries,pressthe“CL Result”functionkey.(Forsecurityreasonsyouwillbepromptedtoprovideconfirmationbeforethestatisticsareactuallydeleted.)Note:Ifthebuttonappearsgrayitisbecausethestatisticalsystemdoesnotcontainanyvalues.

Page 75: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

The“Statistics”application

75

8.4.2 Additive weighing to a target valueThe“Statistics”applicationprovidesyouwithadditionalfunctionsthatmakeiteasiertoperformadditiveweighinguptoaspecifiedtargetvalue.Whenusingthestatistics,youcanapplythesefunctionsbothtoindividualweighingsandtoseriesweighings.

Default settings

Thefunctionkeysshownheremustbeactivatedsothatyoucanenteratargetvalueandtheassociatedtolerances(Section8.3.2).Ifdesired,youcanalsoactivatetheinforma-tionfieldswiththesamenamessothatthevaluesthathavebeenspecifiedarevisibleonthedisplay(Section8.3.3).

Operating sequence

Note:Ifthestatisticalsystemalreadycontainsvalues,thefunctionkeyswithwhichthetargetvalueandthetolerancescanbeenteredarenotactive.Inthatcaseyoumustclearthestatisticsusingthe“CL Result”functionkeybeforeyoucanspecifythetargetvalueandthetolerances.

Pressthe“Nominal”functionkeytoenterthedesiredtargetweight.Typeinthedesiredtargetvalue.(Ifthereisalreadyaweightonthebalancethatmatchesthetargetweight,youcanadopt thisdirectlybypressing thebuttonwith thebalance icon).Check theweighingunit,whichisdisplayedtotherightofthetargetvalue.Pressingtheweighingunitwillcausealistoftheavailableunitstoappear.Note:Theunitsarenotautomaticallyconverted;ifyouhaveenteredavalueinoneunit,thisvalueisretainedevenwhenyouchangetheweighingunit.Press“OK”afteryouhaveenteredthevaluetoactivatethetargetweight.

Youcanusethetwo“+Tol”and“–Tol”functionkeystospecifytheprecisiontobeusedfortheweighing.Theinputwindowisthesameasthatforthetargetvalue.Bothtolerancesaresetatthefactoryto2.5%.

Aftertheappropriatevaluehasbeenentered,press“OK”toactivatethetolerance.

Note:Sampleswhosemeasurementisoutsidethetolerancearespeciallymarkedwhentheindividualvaluesareprintedout(with“>T”or“<T”respectively).

Assoonasyouhaveentered the targetvalueandthe tolerances thegraphicalfillingguide(“SmartTrac”)appears.Thisdisplaystolerancemarksthatmakeiteasierforyoutoweighuptothetargetvalue:Youcanaddroughlytherightamountofmaterialuntilthelowertolerancevaluehasbeenreached,andthen,ifnecessary,makecarefuladditionstoreachthetargetvalue.

Page 76: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

The“Statistics”application

76

------ Statistics ------3.Sep 2004 12:55Balance Type XS6002SXWeighBridge SNR: 1234567890Terminal SNR: 1234567890Nominal 12.04 g +Tol 2.50 % -Tol 2.50 % n 4 x 11.889 g s 0.331 g s.rel 2.78 % Min 11.39 g Max 12.08 g Diff 0.69 g Sum 47.55 g

Signature

........................

8.4.3 Sample printout with statistical values

Thediagramoppositeshowsasampleprintoutwithstatisticalvalues.Thevaluesthatareprintedintheheader,asindividualvalues,andastheresultdependontheindividualprintoutsettingsthatyouhavemade(Section8.3.4).

Onlythestatisticalinformationintheillustratedsampleprintoutisexplainedbelow.YouwillfindnotesontheotherprintoutinformationinSection7.2.7:

“Nominal”: Thespecifiedtargetweight.

“+Tol”: Thespecifiedpositivetolerance.

“–Tol”: Thespecifiednegativetolerance.

“n”: Thenumberofsamplesweighed.

“x”: Meanweightofallsamples.Thevalue isprinted in thecurrentdisplayunit.Thereadabilityoftheprintedvaluesis10timesgreaterthanthoseofthemeasurementswiththehighestreadabilitywithintheseriesofmeasurements.

“s”: Thestandarddeviationwithintheseries.Thevalueisprintedinthecurrentdisplayunit.Thereadabilityoftheprintedvaluesis10timesgreaterthanthoseofthemeasurementswiththehighestreadabilitywithintheseriesofmeasurements.

“s.rel”: Relativestandarddeviationwithintheseries(inpercent).Thevalueisalwaysprintedwith2decimalfigures.

“Min”: Thelowestweightfoundinthecurrentseriesofmeasurements.Thenumberofdecimalpointsandtheunitmatchthoseofthevaluesthatwerevisiblewhenthemeasurementwastransferredtotheresult.

“Max”: Thelargestweightfoundinthecurrentseriesofmeasurements.Thenumberofdecimalpointsandtheunitmatchthoseofthevaluesthatwerevisiblewhenthemeasurementwastransferredtotheresult.

“Diff”: Thedifferencebetweenthesmallestandthelargestweightsfoundinthecurrentseriesofmeasurements.Thevalueisprintedinthecurrentdisplayunit.Thenumberofdecimalpointsintheprintedvaluematchesthoseofwhicheverofthesmallestorlargestweighthasthehighestreadability.

“Sum”: Thesumofalltheindividualweightsthathavebeenstored.Thevalueisprintedinthecurrentdisplayunit.Thenumberofdecimalfiguresmatchesthatofwhichevervalueintheseriesofmeasurementshasthehighestreadability.

Important information on interpreting the printed results

Thevaluesfor“x”and“s”aretheresultsofcalculations,andaredisplayedwithahigherreadabilitythanthatoftheindividualmeasurements.Iftheseriesofmeasurementsissmall(lessthanabout10measurements),oriftheserieshassmallvariations,thesignificanceofthelastdecimalfigurecannotbeguaranteed.

Page 77: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

The“Statistics”application

77

∑=

=n

iix

nx

1

1

( )2

1

1 ∑ −−

= xxn

s i

= =

−= ∑ ∑

n

i

n

iii x

nx

ns

1

2

1

2 11

1

( )= =

∆−∆

−= ∑ ∑

n

i

n

iii x

nx

ns

1

2

1

2 11

1

∑=

∆+=n

iix

nXx

10

1

100x

ssrel =

8.4.4 Formulas used for calculating statistical valuesCalculating the mean value and standard deviation

Terminoloy

ix :=Individualmeasurementvaluesofameasurementseriesofnmeasurementvalues ni ...1=x :=Meanvalueandsstandarddeviationofthesemeasurementvalues

Theformulaforcalculatingthemeanvalueis: (1)

Theusualformulaforcalculatingstandarddeviation,asseenintheliteratures

(2)

isnotsuitablefornumericalcalculation,sincethevariance(individualvalue-meanvalue)canresultindeletioninmeasurementseriesthathaveverysmalldeviations.Moreover,whenthisformulaisused,eachindividualmeasurementvaluemustbestoredbeforethestandarddeviationcanbedeterminedattheend.

Thefollowingformulaismathematicallyequivalentbutsignificantlymorestablenumerically.Itcanbederivedfrom(1)and(2)throughappropriaterecasting.

Tousethisformulaforcalculatingthemeanvalueandthestandarddeviation,youjustneedtostoren,∑ ix and2∑ ix .

Standard deviationNumericalstabilitycanbeimprovedevenmorebyscalingthemeasurementvalue:With 0: Xxx ii −=∆ ,where 0X (dependingontheapplication)iseitherthefirstmeasurementvalueofameasurementseriesorthenominalvalueofameasurementseries,theresultis:

Mean valueThemeanvalueisthencalculatedasfollows:

Relative standard deviationTherelativestandarddeviationiscalculatedbymeansofthefollowingformula:

percent

Number of digits in the resultsMeanvalueandstandarddeviationarealwaysexpressedanddisplayedtoonemoredecimalplacethanthecorrespondingindividualmeasurementvalues.Wheninterpretingtheresults,keepinmindthattheadditionaldecimalplaceisnotmeaningfulwhenitcomestosmallmeasurementseries(lessthanapprox.10measurementvalues).Thesameisalsotrueofpercentages(suchasthoseusedinexpressingrelativestandarddeviations),whicharealwaysshowntotwodecimalplaces(forexample,13.45percent).Here,too,thesignificanceofthedecimalplacesdependsonthesizeofthebackgrounddata.

Page 78: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

The“Formulation”application

78

I

J

9 The “Formulation” application (XS-Ex2modelsonly)

InthisSectionwedescribethe“Formulation”application.Youwillfindinformationhereaboutpracticalaspectsofworkingwiththisapplicationandaboutitsspecificsettings.(InformationaboutthesystemsettingsthatarenotspecifictotheapplicationaretobefoundinSection6.)

9.1 Introduction to the “Formulation” application The“Formulation”applicationallowsyoutoweighinthecomponentsofaFormulationuptoaspecifictargetweight.Thevaluesofeachcomponent(targetweight,tolerances,differencefromtargetweight,etc.)canbestored,andafterallthecomponentshavebeenweighedinaFormulationrecordcanbeprintedout.

Manyoftheapplication-dependentsettingsareidenticaltothoseofthe“Weighing”application.Additionalfunctionkeys,informationfieldsandprintoutinformationare,however,availableforFormulationpurposes.Onlythosesettingswillbeexplainedindetailinthefollowingdescriptionsthataredifferentfromthoseofthe“Weighing”application.

9.2 Select the applicationUnlessthe“Formulation”applicationisalreadyactive,pressthe«I»key.Presstheiconfortheapplicationintheselectionwindow.

Thedisplayoppositeappearswhentheapplicationhasbeenselected.Thespecialfunc-tionkeysandinformationfieldsforFormulationareactivatedunderthefactorysettings.Youcanadapttheseandothersettingstoyourownrequirements,asdescribedinthefollowingSections.

Notes: If theinformationfieldsarenotdisplayedonyourbalance,pressthe“Display”functionkeytoreducethesizeofthedisplayoftheweight,andtherebyprovidespacefortheinformationfieldstobeshown.Thetwofunctionkeysfor“Result”and“CLResult”aredisplayedingray,sincenoFormula-tionhasyetbeencarriedout.

9.3 Settings for the “Formulation” applicationAnumberofdifferent specificsettingsareavailable forFormulation,and thesecanbeused toadapt theapplication tosuit yourneeds.

9.3.1 Overview

Theapplication-specificsettingscanbeaccessedviathe«J»key.Thefirstofatotalofthreemenupagesappearsafterpressingthiskey.

Page 79: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

The“Formulation”application

79

Apartfromasmallnumberofexceptions,thesettingsavailableforthe“Formulation”applicationareidenticalwiththoseforthe“Weigh-ing”application(Section7.2).Onlydifferencesinthesettingsaredescribedbelow.Theseconcernthefollowingmenus:

“Function Keys”:Additional functionkeysareavailable fortheFormulation.

“Info Field”:AdditionalinformationfieldsareavailableforFormulation.

“Protocol”:Additionalinformationisavailableforprint-ingoutinassociationwithFormulation.

“Identification”:This menu corresponds to that of the"Weighing" application, but special IDnameshavebeenspecifiedatthefactoryforFormulation.

InthefollowingSectionswewillpresentthespecificsettingsforthe“Formulation”applicationindetail.

9.3.2 Special function keys for formulationThefollowingsettingsareavailableinthefunctionkeymenuforFormulation:

“M+”: Savesthenetweightoftheweighedcomponents.

“Result”: OpensthewindowwiththeresultsoftheFormulationprocess.

“CL Result”: ClearstheresultsofaFormulation.

“ID”: Thisfunctionkeyallowsidentifiers(descriptivetexts)tobeassignedtothecomponents,andthesearealsoreproducedontheprintoutandintheinformationfield.

“Abs/Diff”: Switchesthedisplayoftheweighedbetweenthequantityweighedinforacomponent(“Abs”=absolute)andthequantitythatstillhastobeweighedintoreachthetargetweight(“Diff”=difference).

“Nominal”: Youcanspecifythedesiredtargetweightforthecurrentcomponentwiththisfunctionkey.

“+Tol” and“–Tol”: Youcanspecifytheaccuracywithwhichthecomponentistobeweighedinwiththesefunctionkeys.

Allthefunctionkeysthatarenotlistedherecorrespondtothoseforthe“Weighing”ap-plication(Section7.2.2).

Factory setting: “M+”,“Result”,“CLResult”,“ID”and“Display”areactive(inthatsequence).

Page 80: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

The“Formulation”application

80

9.3.3 Special information fields for formulationThefollowingsettingsareavailableonthetwopagesoftheinformationfieldsmenuforFormulation:

“Comp. weight”: Currentnetweightofacomponent.

“Nominal”: Indicatesthetargetvalueforthecurrentcomponentthathasbeenenteredthroughthefunctionkeywiththesamename.

“Net Tot.”: Displaysthetotalnetweightofallthecomponentsthathavebeenweighedin.

“+Tol” and“–Tol”: These information fieldsdisplay the tolerances that havebeenenteredthroughthefunctionkeyswiththesamenames.

“Comp. Counter ”: Displaysthecurrentstateofthecomponentcounter(thesucces-sivenumberofthecurrentcomponent).

“....... ID”: Thesedisplaytheidentifiersthathavebeenenteredbymeansofthe“ID”functionkey(Section9.3.5).Note:Theoppositeexampleshowsthefactorysettingsfortheidentifiers,i.e.“RecipeID”(ID1),“Comp.ID”(ID2)and“LotID”(ID3).

Allotherinformationfieldscorrespondtothoseforthe“Weighing”application(Section7.2.3).

Factory setting: “Nominal”and“Comp.ID”areactive(inthatsequence).

9.3.4 Special printout information for formulation

Youcanmakethesettingsfortheprintout,dividedintoheader,individualvaluesandresult,inthethreesubmenus.Additionalsettings,describedbelow,areavailableforFormulation.

Note: Theremainingavailableprintoutinformationcorrespondstothatforthe“Weighing”application(Section6.2.7),andisnotdescribedhere.

The printout header

Incontrasttothe“Weighing”application,thissubmenuonlycontainsoneidentifier,notthree:

“Recipe ID”: Theformulaidentifierenteredbymeansofthe“ID”functionkeyisprinted.

Factory setting: “Appl.Name”(theapplication’sidentifier)isactivated.

Theheaderisautomaticallyprintedwhenthe“M+”functionkeyispressedinordertosavetheweightofthefirstcomponent.

Page 81: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

The“Formulation”application

81

Printing the individual values

ThefollowingspecialsettingsareavailabletoyouinthissubmenuforFormulation:

“....... ID”: Printtheidentifiersthathavebeenenteredbymeansofthe“ID”functionkey(Section9.3.5).Note:Theoppositeexampleshowsthefactorysettingsfortheidentifiers,i.e.“RecipeID”(ID1),“Comp.ID”(ID2)and“LotID”(ID3).

“Comp. Counter”: Printsthecurrentstateofthecomponentcounter(numberofthecurrentcomponentintheseries).

“Nominal”: Printsthetargetvalueforthecurrentcomponentthathasbeenenteredthroughthefunctionkeywiththesamename.

“+Tol”and“–Tol”: The tolerancesenteredbymeansof the functionkeyswith thesamenamesareprinted.

“Net %”: Theweightofthecurrentcomponentisprintedasa%ofthetargetweight.

“Diff.”: Thedifferencebetweentheactualandtargetweightofthecurrentcomponentisprinted.

“Diff. %”: The difference between the actual weight of the currentcomponentanditstargetweightisprintedasapercentage.

Factory setting: “Comp.ID”(“ID2”)and“Net”(thenetweightofthecurrentcom-ponent).

Anindividualvalueisautomaticallyprintedwhenthe“M+”functionkeyispressedduringFormulation.Anindividualvaluecan,however,alsobeprintedoutseparatelybypressingthe«F»functionkey.

Printing the result

YoucanspecifytheadditionalinformationregardingtheFormulationthatistobeincludedintheresultprintoutinthissubmenu:

“Recipe ID”: Theformulaidentifierenteredbymeansofthe“ID”keyisprinted(“RecipeID”intheoppositeexampleistheidentifier’snamesetatthefactory).

“Nominal Tot”: Thetotaloftheenterednominalweightsofallcomponentsthathavebeenweighedinisnowprinted.

“Comp. counter”: Printsthecurrentstateofthecomponentcounter(thenumberofthemostrecentlyweighedcomponent).

“Net Tot.”: Printsthetotalnetweightofallthecomponentsthathavebeenweighedin.

Factory setting: “RecipeID”(“ID1”),“NetTot.”,“Signature”and“3BlankLines”.

Theseresultsareprintedwhenthe«F»keyispressedwhiletheresultwindowisopen.

Youwillfindasample printout for FormulationinSection9.4.3.

Page 82: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

The“Formulation”application

82

9.3.5 Special identifiers for formulationInthismenuyouspecifythenamesforthethreeidentifiersthatareavailableduringFormulationunderthe“ID”functionkey.

Thefactorysettingforthesethreeidentifiershavethefollowingnames:

“ID1” “RecipeID”“ID2” “Komp.ID”“ID3” “LotID”

Youcandeactivateindividualidentifiers,orcanreplacetheirnameswithyourowntext(max.20characters).

Thenamesthathavebeenenteredalsoappearasthetitlesoftherelevantinformationfields(Section9.3.3),andareincludedontheprintout(Section9.3.4).

Factory setting: “ID1”and“ID2”active,seeabovefornames

9.4 Working with the “Formulation” applicationInthisSectionyouwilllearnhowtoworkwiththe“Formulation”applicationandtoprinttheresults.

9.4.1 Default settings

Atleastthethreefunctionkeys“M+”,“Result”and“CL Result”mustbeactiveforFor-mulation(Section9.3.2).

The“ID”functionkeyshouldalsobeactive,sothatyoucanassignthenamesyouwanttoyourformulasandcomponents.

Ifyouwanttoweighyourcomponentstowithinaparticulartoleranceuptoatargetweight,youmustalsoactivatethe“Nominal”,“+Tol”and“–Tol”functionkeys.

Wealsorecommendthatthe“Abs/Diff”functionkeyisactivated,sothatyoucanswitchthedisplayatany timebetween thequantityofacomponent thathasalreadybeenweighedinandthequantitythatstillhastobeadded.

AprintershouldbeconnectedtoyourbalancetoprintoutFormulations. If this isnotthecase,werecommendthatyouactivatethethreeinformationfieldsthatwillbemostimportantforyourFormulationapplication(e.g.“Nominal”,“ID1”and“ID2”,seeSection9.3.3).

Page 83: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

The“Formulation”application

83

9.4.2 Operating sequenceIfyouareworkingwithaweighingcontainer,placethisonthebalanceandpressthe«H»,totarethebalance.

Press the“ID” functionkeyandenter thedesirednames(for the formula, for thefirstcomponentand,ifID3isactive,alsoforthecurrentlot).

Ifyouwanttoweighuptoatargetvalue,pressthe“Nominal”functionkey,andspecifythetargetweightforthefirstcomponent.

Note:Ifyouhavechangedthedisplaytoshowtheremainingamount(difference)beforeenteringthetargetweightusingthe“Abs/Diff”functionkey,thetargetweightwillappearonthedisplaywithanegativearithmeticsign(thedifferencebetweentheweightandzero).

Ifyouareusingtolerances,entertheappropriatevaluesusingthe“+Tol”and“–Tol”func-tionkeys.(Samplesthatlieoutsidethetolerancebandaremarkedwith“>T”or“<T”ontheprintoutofindividualvalues.)

Assoonasyouhaveenteredthetargetweightandthetolerancesforthefirstcomponent,thegraphicalfillingguide(“SmartTrac”)appears.Thisdisplaystolerancemarksthatmakeiteasierforyoutoweighuptothetargetvalue.

Weighinthefirstcomponent.

Note:Youcanswitchthedisplayoftheweightatanytimebetweenthequantityofthecomponentsthathasalreadybeenweighedinandtheremainingquantitythatstillhastobeaddedwiththe“Abs/Diff”functionkey.

Whenthetargetweighthasbeenreached,ortheweightiswithinthetoleranceband,pressthe“M+”functionkeytosavethevalue.Theheaderisprintedouttogetherwiththesinglevalueofthecurrentcomponent(Section9.3.4).

Thebalanceisnowreadyforthesecond componenttobeweighedin.Ifyouwanttoweighthesecondcomponentintothesamecontainer,itisnotnecessarytotarethebalance.Ifyouwishtoweighthesecondcomponentintoanewweighingcontainer,removetheweighingcontainerwiththefirstcomponentandset the balance to zero(«G»key).Nowputthenewcontainerinplace,andtarethebalance.

Specifythenames(IDs)andvalues(targetvalue,tolerances)forthesecondcomponent,weighthecomponentin,andsavetheresultwiththe“M+”functionkey.

Weighintheothercomponentsasdescribedabove.Eachtime“M+”ispressedtheindividualmeasuredvalueisprintedinaccordancewithyourspecifications(Section9.3.4).

Whenallthecomponentsintheformulahavebeenweighed,pressthe“Result”functionkey(onlyavailablewhenvalueshavebeensaved;otherwisethekeyappearsgrayanditcannotbeactivated).

Page 84: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

The“Formulation”application

84

------ Formulation -----29.Jul 2004 14:52Balance Type XS6002SXWeighBridge SNR: 1234567890Terminal SNR: 1234567890Recipe ID EraphteneComp. ID RSF-8Lot ID 04AComp 1 Nominal 11.02 g +Tol 0.28 g -Tol 0.28 g Tare 1.58 g 1 N 10.95 g 1 G 12.53 g 1 N 99.3 % 1 Diff -0.07 g 1 Diff -0.7 %Comp. ID AIL-8ALot ID 04AComp 2 Nominal 5.22 g +Tol 0.13 g -Tol 0.13 g Tare 1.59 g 2 N 5.31 g 2 G 17.85 g 2 N 101.8 % 2 Diff 0.09 g 2 Diff 1.8 %

NominalTot 16.24 g Net Tot 16.26 g

Signature

........................

Afteryouhavepressedthe“Result”functionkey,threeresultsaredisplayed:“NominalTot.”,“Comp.Counter”and“NetTot.”.Theywill,however, onlybedisplayedifyouhaveselectedthesesettings(Printingtheresults,Section9.3.4).

Youcanprintthecompleteresultbypressingthe«F»key.

YouwillfindacompletesampleprintoutinSection9.4.3.

IfyouaresurethatyouwanttocompletetheFormulationprocedureandclearthememoryforafurtherFormulation,pressthe“CL Result”functionkey.(Forsecurityreasonsyouwillbepromptedtoprovideconfirmationbeforethememoryisactuallycleared.)

9.4.3 Sample printout for a formulation

AsampleprintoutfromaFormulationisillustratedhere.Thevaluesthatareprintedintheheader,asindividualvalues,andastheresultdependontheindividualprintoutsettingsthatyouhavemade(Section9.3.4).

OnlytheinformationthatisspecifictoFormulationisexplainedbelow.YouwillfindnotesontheotherprintoutinformationinSection7.2.7:

“Recipe ID”: Nameoftheformulathathasbeenspecified(“ID1”).

“Comp. ID”: Nameofthecomponentthathasbeenspecified(“ID2”).

“Lot ID”: Specifiedlotname(“ID3").

“Comp”: Contentofthecomponentcounter.

“Nominal”: Targetweightofthecomponent.

“+Tol”and“–Tol”: Thetolerancesspecifiedforacomponent.

“Tare”: Taredweight(weighingcontainer).

“N”[g]: Netweightofthecurrentcomponent.

“G”: Grossweight(netweight+tareweight).

“N”[%]: The weight of the current component as a % of the targetweight.

“Diff.”[g]: Thedifferencebetweenactualweightand targetweightof thecurrentcomponent.

“Diff.”[%]: Thedifferencebetweentheactualweightofthecurrentcomponentanditstargetweightasapercentage.

“Nominal Tot”: Thetotalofthetargetweightsofallcomponentsthathavebeenweighed.

“Net Tot”: Totalnetweightofallcomponentsthathavebeenweighed.

Page 85: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

The“Density”application

85

J

I

10 The “Density” application (XS-Ex2modelsonly)

InthisSectionwedescribethe“Density”application.Youwillfindinformationhereaboutpracticalaspectsofworkingwiththisapplicationandaboutitsspecificsettings.(InformationaboutthesystemsettingsthatarenotspecifictotheapplicationaretobefoundinSection6.)

10.1 Introduction to the “Density” application.The“Density”applicationallowsthedensityofsolidobjects, liquidsandpastestobefound.Anidentifiercanbeassignedtoeverysample,andtheintegratedstatisticfunctionspermitstatisticalanalysisofseriesofmeasurements.Thedensityisdeterminedexploitingtheprinciple of Archimedes,whichstatesthatanybodyimmersedinafluidbecomeslighterbyanamountequaltotheweightofthefluidthatithasdisplaced.

Youcanuseyourbalance’shanger(forweighingbelowthebalance)tocarryoutdensitydeterminations(Section2.8).Werecommend,however,thattofindthedensityofsolidobjectsyoumakeuseoftheoptionaldensitykit;thiscontainsallthenecessaryfittingsandauxiliaryequipmentforconvenient,accuratedensitymeasurements.Thedensitykithasaseparatesetofinstructionsthatexplainhowitisinstalledandused.

Todeterminethedensityofliquidsyoualsoneedasinker,andthistoocanbeobtainedfromyourMETTLERTOLEDOdealer.Agamma spherewillalsobeneededtodeterminethedensityofpastes;yourdealerwillbegladtotellyouwhereonecanbeobtained.

Followtheinstructionsthatareincludedwiththeseaccessories;theycontainusefulinformationonhowtoworkwiththeseaids,howtohandlethemandhowtolookafterthem.

10.2 Select the applicationUnlessthe“Density”applicationisalreadyactive,pressthe«I»key.Presstheiconforthe“Density”applicationintheselectionwindow.

Thefollowingdisplayappearswhentheapplicationhasbeenselected.Specialfunctionkeysandinformationfieldsfordensityareactivatedunderthefactorysettings.Thebalanceispresettodeterminethedensityofsolidobjectsusingwaterastheauxiliaryliquid.Youcanadaptthesesettingstoyourownrequirements,asdescribedinthefollowingSections.

Note: If the information fieldsarenotdisplayedon yourbalance,press the“Display”functionkeytoreducethesizeofthedisplayoftheweight,andtherebyprovidespacefortheinformationfieldstobeshown.

10.3 Settings for the “Density” applicationAnumberofdifferentsettingsareavailablefordensitydetermination,andthesecanbeusedtoadapttheapplicationtosuityourneeds.

10.3.1 Overview

Theapplication-specificsettingscanbeaccessedviathe«J»key.Thefirstofatotaloffourmenupagesappearsafterpressingthiskey.

Page 86: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

The“Density”application

86

Someofthesettingsthatcanbemadeforthe“Density”applicationareidenticaltothoseforthe“Weighing”application(Section7.2).Onlydifferencesinthesettingsaredescribedbelow.Theseconcernthefollowingmenus:

“Solid”: Determinationofthedensityofnon-poroussolidbodieswiththeaidofanauxiliaryliquid.

“Liquid”: Determiningthedensityofliquidsusingasinker.

“Pasty Subst.”: Determining the density of pastes with the aid of a gammasphere.

Factory setting: The“Solid"methodisactive.

“Method”:Youcanselect the typeofdensitydeter-minationinthismenu.

“Aux. Liquid”:You can specify the auxiliary liquid withwhichyouwillbeworkinginthismenu.

“Statistics”:Youactivateordeactivatethestatisticsforthechosenmethodinthismenu.

“Result Output Format”:Youcanspecifyinthismenuhowthere-sultof thedensitydetermination is tobecalculatedanddisplayed.

“Function Keys”: Anumberofspecialfunctionkeysareavailablefordensitydetermination.

“Info Field”: Additionalinformationfieldsareavailablefordensitydetermination.

“Protocol”: Additionalprintinginformationisavailablefordensitydetermination.

InthefollowingSectionswewillpresentthespecificsettingsforthe“Density”applicationindetail.

10.3.2 Choosing the method of density determinationYouspecifythetypeofdensitydeterminationthatyouwanttocarryoutinthismenu:

10.3.3 Selection of the auxiliary liquidYouspecifytheauxiliaryliquidthatyouwanttouseinthismenu.This setting is only of significance when determining the density of solid bodies!Thefollowingauxiliaryliquidsareavailable:

“Water”: Thedensityofdistilledwateratvarioustemperatures(from10°Cupto30°C)isstoredinthebalance.

“Ethanol”: Thedensityofethanolatvarioustemperatures(from10°Cupto30°C)isalsostoredinthebalance.

“Others”: Anyother liquid. Itsdensityat thecurrent temperaturemustbeknown.

Factory setting: “Water”issetastheauxiliaryliquid.

Page 87: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

The“Density”application

87

10.3.4 Activate or deactivate the statisticsThebalancecanmaintainitsownstatisticsforeachmethodofdensitydeterminationwiththeresultsofthedensitydeterminationswhichhavebeentransferredintothestatistics(max.651500).Ifthestatisticsareactivated,thenattheendofeachdensitydeterminationyouwillbeaskedwhetheryouwanttoaddtheresultstothestatistics.Youcanactivateordeactivatethestatisticalfunctioninthismenu:

“On”: Thestatisticalfunctionisactive.

“Off”: Thestatisticalfunctionisnotactive.

Factory setting: Thestatisticalfunctionisnotactive(“Off"”).

Note:Youmustalsoactivatethetwoassociatedfunctionkeysinordertomakeuseofthestatistics(Section10.3.6).YouwillfindinformationonworkingwiththestatisticsinSection10.5.

10.3.5 Specifications for calculating and displaying the resultYouspecifyinthismenuthenumberofdecimalfiguresandtheunitinwhichtheresultofthedensitydeterminationistobecalculatedanddisplayed.Youalsospecifywhetheratmosphericbuoyancyshouldbeincludedinthecalculation.

“No. of Dec’points.”: Theresultofthedensitydeterminationcanbedisplayedandprintedwithbetween1and5decimalfigures.

“Compensation”: Theresultofthedensitydeterminationcanbecorrectedusingacorrectionfactorthatallowsfortheforcecalibrationandforthemeanatmosphericdensity(setting“With”).Thereisnocompensationif“Without”isset.Boththecorrectedandtheuncorrectedresultsaredisplayedandprintedifthe“With/Without”settingischosen.

“Density Unit”: Youcanspecifytheunittobeusedforthedensitydeterminationhere:“g/cm3”,“kg/m3”or“g/l”(gramsperliter).

Factory setting: Numberofdecimalfigures: “3” Compensation: “With”(correction) Densityunit: “g/cm3” .

10.3.6 Special function keys for density determinationAdditionalsettingsareavailableinthefunctionkeymenufordensitydetermination:

“Start”: Youcanstartthedensitydeterminationwiththisfunctionkey,anditisthereforeessentialthatthiskeyisactive!

“Density AL”: Youcanenterthedensityoftheauxiliaryliquidwiththisfunctionkey.Thiskeyisonlynecessarywhendeterminingthedensityofsolidbodiesandwhentheauxiliaryliquidbeingusedisneitherwaternorethanol.

“Temp. AL”: Youcanenterthetemperature of the auxiliary liquidwiththisfunctionkey.Thiskeyisonlyrequiredwhendistilledwaterorethanolarebeingused,sinceforanyotherliquiditisnecessarytoenterthedensityatthecurrenttemperature.Whenmethodsthatdonotemployanauxiliaryliquidarebeingused,thekeycanbeusedtoenterthecurrentambienttemperaturesothatthisappearsontheprintouts.

Page 88: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

The“Density”application

88

“Vol. Sinker”: Thevolume of the sinkercanbeenteredwiththisfunctionkey(incm3,max.5decimalfigures).Youonlyneedactivatethiskeyifyouwanttouseasinkertodeterminethedensityofliquids.

“Vol. Gamma”: Thevolume of the gamma spherecanbeenteredwiththisfunc-tionkey(incm3,max.5decimalfigures).Youonlyneedactivatethiskeyifyouwanttouseagammaspheretodeterminethedensityofpastes.

“Result”: Youcandisplay thestatistics for thecurrentmethodofdensitydeterminationwiththisfunctionkey.Note:Youonlyneedtoactivatethisfunctionkeyifyouhavealsoactivatedthestatisticalfunctions(Section10.3.4). If thestatistical systemdoesnotcontainanyresults,thekeyappearsgrayandcannotbeoperated.

“CL Result”: Youcanclearthestatisticaldatafromthecurrentmethodofdensitydeterminationwiththisfunctionkey,sothatitispossibletostartanewseriesofmeasurements.

Alltheremainingfunctionkeyscorrespondtothoseforthe“Weighing”application(Sec-tion7.2.2).

Factory setting: “Start”,“Temp.AL”and“Display”areactive(inthissequence).

“Method”: Typeofdensitydeterminationthathasbeenchosen.

“Aux. Liquid”: Auxiliaryliquidchosen(fordeterminingthedensityofsolidbod-ies).

“Temp. AL”: Temperatureoftheauxiliaryliquid(distilledwater,ethanol).Thetemperaturevalueenteredthroughthefunctionkeyofthesamenameisdisplayed.

“Density AL”: Thedensityoftheauxiliaryliquid.(Inthecaseofwateroretha-nolthisisautomaticallyreadanddisplayedfromtheintegratedtableofdensities,whileinthecaseofotherauxiliaryliquidsthedensityvalueenteredusingthefunctionkeyofthesamenameisdisplayed).

“Vol. Sinker”: Thevolumeofthesinker(whendeterminingthedensityofliquidsusingasinker).

“Vol. Gamma”: Thevolumeofthegammasphere(whendeterminingthedensityofpasteswiththeaidofagammasphere).

Alltheotherinformationfieldscorrespondtothoseforthe“Weighing”application(Sec-tion7.2.3).

Factory setting: “Method”, “Aux. Liquid” and “Temp. AL” are active (in thissequence).

10.3.7 Special information fields for density determinationAdditionalsettingsareavailableonthefirsttwopagesoftheinformationfieldsmenufordensitydetermination:

Page 89: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

The“Density”application

89

10.3.8 Special print information for density determinationAdditionalsettingsfordensitydetermination,describedbelow,areavailableinthethreesubmenusinwhichyoucanspecifytheoptionsfortheprintoutheader,forprintingtheindividualvalues,andforthestatisticalprintout.

Note:Theremainingavailableprintoutinformationcorrespondstothatforthe“Weighing”application(Section7.2.7),andisnotdescribedhere.

The printout header

Additionalsettingsfordensitydeterminationareavailableonthesecondandthirdpagesofthissubmenu:

“Method”: Printstheselectedmethodofdensitydetermination.

“Aux. Liquid”: Printsthechosenauxiliaryliquid(fordeterminingthedensityofsolidbodies).

“Density AL”: Printsthedensityoftheauxiliaryliquid(enteredthroughthefunc-tionkeywiththesamename;inthecaseofwaterorethanolthevaluetakenfromtheintegratedtableisprinted).

“Temp. AL”: Printstheauxiliaryliquidenteredthroughthefunctionkeywiththesamename(forwaterandethanol).

“Vol. Sinker”: Printsthevolumeofthesinkerenteredthroughthefunctionkeywith the same name (when determining the density of liquidsusingasinker).

“Vol. Gamma”: Printsthevolumeofthegammasphereenteredthroughthefunc-tionkeywiththesamename(whendeterminingthedensityofpastesusingagammasphere).

Factory setting: “Appl.Name”(theapplication’sidentifier)isactivated.

Theheaderisautomaticallyprintedwhenasinglevalueisprintedout(describedbe-low).

Printing the individual values

Thefollowingsettingsareavailableinthissubmenugoverningtheprintingofindividualdensitydeterminations:

“Method”: Printstheselectedmethodofdensitydetermination.

“Aux. Liquid”: Printsthechosenauxiliaryliquid(fordeterminingthedensityofsolidbodies).

“Density AL”: Printsthedensityoftheauxiliaryliquid(enteredthroughthefunc-tionkeywiththesamename;inthecaseofwaterorethanolthevaluetakenfromtheintegratedtableisprinted).

“Temp. AL”: Printstheauxiliaryliquidenteredthroughthefunctionkeywiththesamename(forwaterandethanol).

“Vol. Sinker”: Printsthevolumeofthesinkerenteredthroughthefunctionkeywith the same name (when determining the density of liquidsusingasinker).

“Vol. Gamma”: Printsthevolumeofthegammasphereenteredthroughthefunc-tionkeywiththesamename(whendeterminingthedensityofpastesusingagammasphere).

Page 90: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

The“Density”application

90

“Wgt. in Air”: Printsthedensityofthesampleinair(whendeterminingthedensityofsolidbodies).

“Wgt. in Liquid”: Printstheweightofthesampleintheauxiliaryliquid(whende-terminingthedensityofsolidbodies)ortheweightofthesamplematerialdisplacedbythesinkerorbythegammasphere.

“Vol. Sample”: Printsthevolumeofthesample.

“Density”: Printstheresultofthecurrentdensitydetermination.

Factory setting: “DashLine”,“Method”,“Density”and“3BlankLines”.

Theprintoutfortheindividualvaluecanbemadebypressingthe«F»key.YouwillfindasampleprintoutinSection10.4.4.

Printing statistical data

Youcanspecifythestatisticalinformationthatistobeprintedonthesecond,thirdandfourthpagesofthissubmenu.Thesettingsareonlyrelevant ifyouhaveactivatedthestatisticalfunction(Section10.3.4).

“Method”: Theselectedmethodofdensitydetermination.

“Aux. Liquid”: Chosenauxiliaryliquid(fordeterminingthedensityofsolidbod-ies).

“n”: Numberofsamplesinthecurrentseriesofmeasurements.

“x”: Meandensityofallthesamples.

“s”and“s.rel”: Absolute or relative standard deviation, respectively, within thecurrentseriesofmeasurements.

“Min”and“Max”: Smallestandlargestdensitiesfoundinthecurrentseriesofmea-surements.

“Diff”: Thedifferencebetweenthesmallestandlargestdensitiesinthecurrentseriesofmeasurements.

Factory setting: “n”,“x”,“s”,“Min”and“Max”.The“Signature”,“DashLine”and“3BlankLines”settingsarealsoactive.

Thestatisticscanbeprintedoutbypressingthe«F»keywhilethestatisticswindowisopen.Asampleprintout,andnotesonthestatistics,maybefoundinSection10.5.

Page 91: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

The“Density”application

91

10.4 Working with the “Density” applicationInthisSectionyouwilllearnhowtoworkwiththe“Density”applicationandthevariousmethodsofdeterminingdensity.Itisassumedthatthe“Density”applicationhasalreadybeenselected.Thefollowingexplanationsassumethatthestatisticalfunctionisnotactive(notesonusingthestatisticalfunctionsmaybefoundinSection10.5).

10.4.1 Determining the density of non-porous solid bodiesTodeterminethedensityofnon-poroussolidbodies,thesolidbodyisfirstweighedinairandthenintheauxiliaryliquid.Thedifferenceinweightsisthebuoyancy,withtheaidofwhichthesoftwarecalculatesthedensity.

Intheapplication-specificsettings,select“Solid”asthemethod(Section10.3.2)andspecifytheauxiliaryliquidthatwillbeused(Section10.3.3).

Activate the appropriate function keys and information fields (Sections 10.3.6and10.3.7).Note:Theexampleshownhereillustratessettingsfordeterminingthedensityofsolidbodiesusingdistilledwaterastheauxiliaryliquid.Ifanauxiliaryliquidotherthanwaterorethanolisused,theninsteadofthe“Temp.AL”keyyoushouldactivatethe“DensityAL”key.

Ifyouareusingwater or ethanol as the auxiliary liquid,enteritstemperature usingthe“Temp. AL”functionkey.(Densitytablesforthesetwosubstancescoveringthetem-peraturerangefrom10°Cupto30°Carestoredinthebalance;seealsoSections10.7and10.8.).Theillustrationhereshowsthecorrespondinginputfield(inputin°Cwith1decimalfigure).

Ifyouuseanauxiliary liquidother thanwaterorethanol,activatethe“DensityAL”func-tionkey,anduseittoenterthe density of the auxiliary liquid being used at the cur-rent temperature (ing/cm3,max.5decimalplaces).Thisisnecessarybecausedensitytablesareonlysavedforwaterandethanol.Thevalueyouhaveenteredappearsintheinformationfieldwiththesamename,whichyoushouldalsoactivate.Note: The“Temp. AL”functionkey,activeintheexampleshownhere,isnotnecessaryfordeterminingdensitywhenusinganauxiliaryliquidotherthanwaterorethanol.Youcan,nevertheless,useitenterthecurrentambienttemperature.Thiswillinturnalsobeincludedontheprintout,andrecordsthetemperatureatwhichthedensitywasdetermined.

Pressthe“Start”functionkeytostartthedensitydetermination.Thebalancewillautomati-callycarryoutataring,afterwhichyouwillbepromptedtoputthesolidbodyinplace(weighinginair).

Ifyouareusingthehanger(forweighingunderneaththebalance),hangthesolidbodyfromthesuspensionequipment.Ifyouareworkingwiththeoptionaldensitykit,followtheinstructionsthatareincludedwithit.

Theweightofthesolidbodyappearsinthelowerleft-handcornerofthewindow.

Pressthe“OK”,keytoaccepttheweightmeasurement.

Page 92: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

The“Density”application

92

Theresultoftheweighingisstored,afterwhichyouarepromptedtoimmersethesolidbodyintheauxiliaryliquid.

Ifyouareworkingwiththehanger,placethecontainerwiththeauxiliaryliquidunder-neaththesuspensionequipment.Ifyouareworkingwiththeoptionaldensitykit,followthe instructions thatare includedwith it. Ineithercase,ensure that thesolidbody issubmergedatleast1cmunderthesurfaceoftheliquid,andthattherearenoairbubblesinthecontainer.

Theweightofthesolidbodysubmergedintheliquidisdisplayedinthelowerleft-handcornerofthewindow.

Pressthe“OK”,keytoaccepttheweightmeasurement.

Thebalancenowdeterminesthedensityofthesolidbody,andthendisplaystheresult(thecompensatedand/oruncompensatedvalue,dependingonthesettingsthatyouhavemadeforoutputoftheresult,seeSection10.3.5).

Ifaprinterisconnected,theresultofthedensitydeterminationcanbeprintedinaccordancewithyourspecificationsbypressingthe«F»key(Section10.3.8).Theresultisretaineduntilthenextdensitydeterminationusingthesamemethodhasbeencompleted,andcanbeprintedagainifrequired.YouwillfindasampleprintouttogetherwithcorrespondingexplanationsinSection10.4.4.

10.4.2 Determining the density of liquids using a sinkerAsinkerofknownvolumeisoftenusedtodeterminethedensityofliquids.Thesinkermustfirstbetaredinairandthenweighedintheliquidwhosedensityistobefound.Thedifferenceinweightsisthebuoyancy,withtheaidofwhichthesoftwarecalculatesthedensity.

Intheapplication-specificsettings,selectthe“Liquid”method(Section10.3.2).

Activatetheappropriatefunction keys and information fields(Sections10.3.6and10.3.7).Theexampleshownhereillustratespracticalsettingsfordeterminingthedensityofliquidswiththeuseofasinker.Note:The“Temp. AL”keythatisactiveinthisexampleisnotnecessaryforthismethodofdensitydetermination.Youcan,nevertheless,useittoenterthecurrentambienttemperature.Thiswillinturnalsobeincludedontheprintout,andindicatesthetemperatureatwhichthedensitywasdetermined.

Press the“Vol. Sinker”key,andenter thevolumeof thesinker (10.00000cm3 in thisexample).

Pressthe“Start”functionkeytostartthedensitydetermination.Youarepromptedtoattachthesinker(weighinginairfortaring).

Ifyouareusingthehangerforweighingunderneaththebalance,hangthesinkerfromthesuspensionequipment. If youareworkingwith theoptionaldensitykit, follow theinstructionsthatareincludedwithit.

Theweightofthesinkerappearsinthelowerleft-handcornerofthewindow.

Pressthe“OK”keytotarethesinkerandrecordtheweight.

Page 93: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

The“Density”application

93

10.4.3 Determining the density of pastes with the aid of a gamma sphereAgammasphereofknownvolumeisusuallyusedtodeterminethedensityofpastes.Thepasteisfirsttaredwithoutthegammasphere,andthenweighedwiththegammasphere.

In the application-specific settings, select “Pasty Subst.” as the method (Section10.3.2).

Activatetheappropriatefunction keys and information fields (Sections10.3.6and10.3.7).Theexampleshownhereillustratespracticalsettingsfordeterminingthedensityofpastesthroughtheuseofagammasphere.Note: The“Temp. AL”keythatisactiveinthisexampleisnotnecessaryforthismethodofdensitydetermination.Youcan,nevertheless,useitenterthecurrentambienttemperature.Thiswillinturnalsobeincludedontheprintout,andindicatesthetemperatureatwhichthedensitywasdetermined.

Press the“Vol. Gamma” function key and enter the volume of the gamma sphere(10.00000cm3inthisexample).

Pressthe“Start”functionkeytostartthedensitydetermination.Youwillthenbepromptedtoplacethesampleonthepan(withoutthegammasphere).

Theweightofthesampleappearsinthelowerleft-handcornerofthewindow.

Pressthe“OK”keytotarethesampleandtoregistertheweight.

Aftertaringthesinkeryouarepromptedtoputtheliquidwhosedensityistobedeterminedintoacontainer.Ifyouareworkingwiththehanger(forweighingunderneaththebal-ance),placethecontainerwiththeliquidunderneaththesuspensionequipment.Ifyouareworkingwiththeoptionaldensitykit,followtheinstructionsthatareincludedwithit.Ineithercase,ensurethatthesinkerissubmergedatleast1cmunderthesurfaceoftheliquid,andthattherearenoairbubblesinthecontainer.

The buoyancy of the sinker is displayed in the lower left-hand corner of the window(negativevalue).

Pressthe“OK”,keytoaccepttheweightmeasurement.

Thebalancenowdeterminesthedensityoftheliquid,andthendisplaystheresult(thecompensatedand/oruncompensatedvalue,dependingonthesettingsthatyouhavemadeforoutputoftheresult,seeSection10.3.5).

Ifaprinterisconnected,theresultofthedensitydeterminationcanbeprintedinaccordancewithyourspecificationsbypressingthe«F»key(Section10.3.8).Theresultisretaineduntilthenextdensitydeterminationusingthesamemethodhasbeencompleted,andcanbeprintedagainifrequired.

Page 94: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

The“Density”application

94

-------- Density -------6.Sep 2004 14:47Balance Type XS6002SX

Customer Meray Ltd.Lot 12-4Sample 01Method SolidLiquid WaterDensity AL 0.99798 g/cm3Temperature 21.2 °C Wgt. in Air 21.51 g Wgt. in Liquid 14.39 g Density 3.015 g/cm3 =============

Signature

........................

Whenthesamplehasbeentared,youwillbepromptedtosubmergethegammasphereinthesamplesubstance.

Theweightofthesubstancedisplacedbythegammasphereisdisplayedinthelowerleft-handcornerofthewindow.

Pressthe“OK”,keytoaccepttheweightmeasurement.

Thebalancenowdeterminesthedensityofthepaste,andthendisplaystheresult(thecompensatedand/oruncompensatedvalue,dependingonthesettingsthatyouhavemadeforoutputoftheresult,seeSection10.3.5).

Ifaprinterisconnected,theresultofthedensitydeterminationcanbeprintedinaccordancewithyourspecificationsbypressingthe«F»key(Section10.3.8).Theresultisretaineduntilthenextdensitydeterminationusingthesamemethodhasbeencompleted,andcanbeprintedagainifrequired.

10.4.4 Sample printout of a density determinationAssoonastheresultwindowofadensitydeterminationisdisplayed,youcanprintouttheassociatedreportbypressingthe«F»key.

Note:Theresultisretaineduntilthenextdensitydeterminationhasbeencompleted,andcanbeprintedagainifrequiredbypressingthe«F»key.Thismaybenecessaryifyourequireasecondcopyoftheprintout,orifapapershortagecausestheprintertobeunabletocompletetheprintsuccessfully.

Theillustrationhereshowsasampleprintoutfromthedensity determination of a solid body.Thesettingsyoumakeinthe“Protocol”menucontrolstheinformationthatisprinted(Section10.3.8).

The identification keys that youalready know from theweighingapplicationarealsousedduringdensitydetermination.Inthisexample,theIDkeysareusedtoidentifythecustomer,thebatchandthesample.

Page 95: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

The“Density”application

95

10.5 Using the density statisticsStatisticscanbecollectedforeachmethodofdensitydetermination.Thesestorealltheresultsthatyouhavefoundwhilstcarryingoutthedensitydeterminations.

Default settings

Inordertobeabletousethestatisticssystem,the statistic function (Section10.3.4)andboththe“Result”and“CL Result”keysmustbeactivated(Section10.3.6).

Recording values for the statistics

Whenthestatisticfunctionisactive,youwillbeaskedattheendofeachdensitydeter-minationwhethertheresultshouldbetransferredtothestatistics.

Ifyouwanttoaddtheresultofthecurrentmeasurementtothestatistics,pressthe“Yes”key.Theresultwillbeincorporatedintothe statistics for the current method.Transferoftheresultisconfirmedonthedisplay.Ifyoudonotwanttoincludetheresultinthestatistics,press“No”.Althoughtheresultwillberetaineduntilcompletionofthenextmeasurement, itwillnotbeaddedtothestatistics.

Displaying and printing the statistics

Makesurethatthemethodofdensitydeterminationwhosestatisticsyouwanttodisplayorprintisselected(Section10.3.2).

Pressthe“Result”functionkeytocallupthestatistics.Note:Ifthestatisticalsystemdoesnotcontainanyvalues,thekeyappearsgrayandcannotbeactivated.

The information that youhave selected forprinting statistical datawill appear in thestatisticswindow(Section10.3.8).Thefactorysettingisforthefollowingvalues:

“n”: Numberofsamples

“x”: Meandensityofallsamples

“s”: Absolutestandarddeviationwithinaseriesofmeasurements

“Min”: Lowestdensityfoundwithintheseriesofmeasurements

“Max”: Highestdensityfoundwithintheseriesofmeasurements

Page 96: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

The“Density”application

96

-------- Density -------6.Sep 2004 15:06Balance Type XS6002SXMethod SolidLiquid Water

With Compensationn 4x 2.4358 g/cm3s 0.1974 g/cm3s.rel 8.11 % Min 2.251 g/cm3Max 2.686 g/cm3Diff 0.435 g/cm3

Without Compensationn 4x 2.4375 g/cm3s 0.1977 g/cm3s.rel 8.11 % Min 2.253 g/cm3Max 2.688 g/cm3Diff 0.435 g/cm3

Signature

........................------------------------

Press the«F» key toprint thestatistics.Thevariables that youhaveactivated in the“Statistics”submenuoftheprintoutsettingswillbeprinted(Section10.3.8).Asampleprintoutisillustratedhere.

Clear statistics

Ifyouwanttofinishwithaseriesofmeasurements,pressthe“CL Result”functionkeytocleartheassociatedstatistics.

Note:The“CL Result”functionkeyclearsthestatisticsforthemethodofdensitydeter-minationthatiscurrentlyselected;thestatisticsfortheothermethodsareretained.Takecare,therefore,beforeyouclearanystatistics,thatthemethodofdensitydeterminationselectedistheonewhosestatisticsyouwanttodelete!

Forsecurityreasonsapromptwillappear,andyouwillhavetoconfirmthisbeforethestatisticsareactuallycleared.

Page 97: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

The“Density”application

97

10.6 Formulae used to calculate density

The“Density”applicationisbasedontheformulaelistedbelow.

10.6.1 Formulae for determining the density of solid bodies

With compensation for air density Without compensation for air density

ρ = Densityofthesample

A = Weightofthesampleinair

B = Weightofthesampleintheauxiliaryliquid

V = Volumeofthesample

ρ0 = Densityoftheauxiliaryliquid

ρL = Airdensity(0.0012g/cm3)

α = Weightcorrectionfactor(0.99985),takestheatmosphericbuoyancyoftheadjustmentweightintoaccount.

10.6.2 Formulae for determining the density of liquids and pastes

With compensation for air density Without compensation for air density

ρ = Densityoftheliquidorpaste

P = Weightofthedisplacedliquidorpaste

V0 = Volumeofthesinkerorofthegammasphere

ρL = Airdensity(0.0012g/cm3)

α = Weightcorrectionfactor(0.99985),takestheatmosphericbuoyancyoftheadjustmentweightintoaccount.

V=αA–Bρ0–ρL

ρ=+ρLα•P

V0

V= A–Bρ0

ρ= PV0

ρ=A• ρ0

A–Bρ=(ρ0–ρL)+ρL

AA–B

Page 98: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

The“Density”application

98

10.7 Density table for distilled waterT/°C 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9

10. 0.99973 0.99972 0.99971 0.99970 0.99969 0.99968 0.99967 0.99966 0.99965 0.99964

11. 0.99963 0.99962 0.99961 0.99960 0.99959 0.99958 0.99957 0.99956 0.99955 0.99954

12. 0.99953 0.99951 0.99950 0.99949 0.99948 0.99947 0.99946 0.99944 0.99943 0.99942

13. 0.99941 0.99939 0.99938 0.99937 0.99935 0.99934 0.99933 0.99931 0.99930 0.99929

14. 0.99927 0.99926 0.99924 0.99923 0.99922 0.99920 0.99919 0.99917 0.99916 0.99914

15. 0.99913 0.99911 0.99910 0.99908 0.99907 0.99905 0.99904 0.99902 0.99900 0.99899

16. 0.99897 0.99896 0.99894 0.99892 0.99891 0.99889 0.99887 0.99885 0.99884 0.99882

17. 0.99880 0.99879 0.99877 0.99875 0.99873 0.99871 0.99870 0.99868 0.99866 0.99864

18. 0.99862 0.99860 0.99859 0.99857 0.99855 0.99853 0.99851 0.99849 0.99847 0.99845

19. 0.99843 0.99841 0.99839 0.99837 0.99835 0.99833 0.99831 0.99829 0.99827 0.99825

20. 0.99823 0.99821 0.99819 0.99817 0.99815 0.99813 0.99811 0.99808 0.99806 0.99804

21. 0.99802 0.99800 0.99798 0.99795 0.99793 0.99791 0.99789 0.99786 0.99784 0.99782

22. 0.99780 0.99777 0.99775 0.99773 0.99771 0.99768 0.99766 0.99764 0.99761 0.99759

23. 0.99756 0.99754 0.99752 0.99749 0.99747 0.99744 0.99742 0.99740 0.99737 0.99735

24. 0.99732 0.99730 0.99727 0.99725 0.99722 0.99720 0.99717 0.99715 0.99712 0.99710

25. 0.99707 0.99704 0.99702 0.99699 0.99697 0.99694 0.99691 0.99689 0.99686 0.99684

26. 0.99681 0.99678 0.99676 0.99673 0.99670 0.99668 0.99665 0.99662 0.99659 0.99657

27. 0.99654 0.99651 0.99648 0.99646 0.99643 0.99640 0.99637 0.99634 0.99632 0.99629

28. 0.99626 0.99623 0.99620 0.99617 0.99614 0.99612 0.99609 0.99606 0.99603 0.99600

29. 0.99597 0.99594 0.99591 0.99588 0.99585 0.99582 0.99579 0.99576 0.99573 0.99570

30. 0.99567 0.99564 0.99561 0.99558 0.99555 0.99552 0.99549 0.99546 0.99543 0.99540

10.8 Density table for ethanolT/°C 0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9

10. 0.79784 0.79775 0.79767 0.79758 0.79750 0.79741 0.79733 0.79725 0.79716 0.79708

11. 0.79699 0.79691 0.79682 0.79674 0.79665 0.79657 0.79648 0.79640 0.79631 0.79623

12. 0.79614 0.79606 0.79598 0.79589 0.79581 0.79572 0.79564 0.79555 0.79547 0.79538

13. 0.79530 0.79521 0.79513 0.79504 0.79496 0.79487 0.79479 0.79470 0.79462 0.79453

14. 0.79445 0.79436 0.79428 0.79419 0.79411 0.79402 0.79394 0.79385 0.79377 0.79368

15. 0.79360 0.79352 0.79343 0.79335 0.79326 0.79318 0.79309 0.79301 0.79292 0.79284

16. 0.79275 0.79267 0.79258 0.79250 0.79241 0.79232 0.79224 0.79215 0.79207 0.79198

17. 0.79190 0.79181 0.79173 0.79164 0.79156 0.79147 0.79139 0.79130 0.79122 0.79113

18. 0.79105 0.79096 0.79088 0.79079 0.79071 0.79062 0.79054 0.79045 0.79037 0.79028

19. 0.79020 0.79011 0.79002 0.78994 0.78985 0.78977 0.78968 0.78960 0.78951 0.78943

20. 0.78934 0.78926 0.78917 0.78909 0.78900 0.78892 0.78883 0.78874 0.78866 0.78857

21. 0.78849 0.78840 0.78832 0.78823 0.78815 0.78806 0.78797 0.78789 0.78780 0.78772

22. 0.78763 0.78755 0.78746 0.78738 0.78729 0.78720 0.78712 0.78703 0.78695 0.78686

23. 0.78678 0.78669 0.78660 0.78652 0.78643 0.78635 0.78626 0.78618 0.78609 0.78600

24. 0.78592 0.78583 0.78575 0.78566 0.78558 0.78549 0.78540 0.78532 0.78523 0.78515

25. 0.78506 0.78497 0.78489 0.78480 0.78472 0.78463 0.78454 0.78446 0.78437 0.78429

26. 0.78420 0.78411 0.78403 0.78394 0.78386 0.78377 0.78368 0.78360 0.78351 0.78343

27. 0.78334 0.78325 0.78317 0.78308 0.78299 0.78291 0.78282 0.78274 0.78265 0.78256

28. 0.78248 0.78239 0.78230 0.78222 0.78213 0.78205 0.78196 0.78187 0.78179 0.78170

29. 0.78161 0.78153 0.78144 0.78136 0.78127 0.78118 0.78110 0.78101 0.78092 0.78084

30. 0.78075 0.78066 0.78058 0.78049 0.78040 0.78032 0.78023 0.78014 0.78006 0.77997

DensityofC2H5OHaccordingtothe“AmericanInstituteofPhysicsHandbook”.

Page 99: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

The“PercentWeighing”application

99

I

J

11 The “Percent Weighing” application (XS-Ex2modelsonly) InthisSectionyouwillbeintroducedtothe“PercentWeighing”application.Youwillfindpracticalinformationaboutworkingwiththisapplicationandaboutthedifferentsettings.(Youwillfindinformationaboutnon-application-specificsystemsettingsinSection6).

11.1 Introduction to the “Percent Weighing” application The“PercentWeighing”applicationenablesyoutoweightoaspecifiedvalue(100%)anddetectdeviationsfromthistargetvalue.

Manyoftheapplication-dependentsettingsareidenticaltothoseofthe“Weighing”application.However,additionalsettingsareavail-abletoyouforpercentweighing.Inthedescriptionthatfollows,onlythosesettingsareexplainedindetailwhicharedifferentfromthe“Weighing”application.

11.2 Selecting the application

11.3 Settings for the “Percent Weighing” application Forpercentweighingyouhavevariousspecificsettingsavailablewhichyoucanusetoadapttheapplicationtoyourneeds.

11.3.1 Overview

Ifthe“PercentWeighing”applicationisnotalreadyactive,pressthe«I»key.Intheselec-tionwindow,touchthesymbolfortheapplication.

Afteryouhaveselectedtheapplication,thedisplayshownatleftappears.Someofthespecialfunctionkeysandthespecialinformationfieldsforpercentweighingareactivatedatthefactory.Howyoucanadaptthese,andother,settingstoyourneedsisdescribedintheSectionsthatfollow.

Note: If the information fieldsarenotdisplayedon yourbalance,press the“Display”functionkeytoreducethesizeoftheweightdisplayandtherebymakeroomtodisplaytheinformationfields.

Theapplication-dependentsettingscanbeaccessedwiththe«J»key.Whenthiskeyispressed,thefirstof4menupagesappears.

Page 100: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

The“PercentWeighing”application

100

11.3.3 Special information fields for percent weighingOnthefirstpageofthemenuforinfofieldsthefollowingsettingsforpercentweighingareavailable:

“Reference%: Referencevalueinpercent(always100%).

“Reference”: Absoluteweightvalueofthereference.

“Target value”: Displaysthetargetweightwhichwasinputwiththisfunctionkey.

“+Tol”and“–Tol”: Theseinformationfieldsdisplaythetoleranceswhichwereinputwiththisfunctionkey.

All other information fields are the same as for the“Weighing” application (Section7.2.3).

Factory setting: “Reference%”and“Reference”activated(inthisorder).

Withonlyafewexceptions,thesettingsavailableinthe“PercentWeighing”applicationareidenticaltothoseofthe“Weighing”applica-tion(Section7.2).Onlythesettingsthataredifferentaredescribedbelow.Thesesettingsarecontainedinthefollowingmenus:

“Function Keys”:Additional functionkeysareavailable forpercentweighing.

“Info Fields”:Additionalinformationfieldsareavailableforpercentweighing.

“Display Unit”and“Info Unit”:Anadditionalunit“%”(percent)isavailableforpercentweighing.

“Reports”:Additionalinformationisavailableforper-centweighingreports.

“Set100%”: Youcanusethisfunctionkeytodefinethecurrentweightvalueasthereference(100%)(Section11.4.1).

“Nominal value”: Specifiesthedesiredtargetweight(Section11.4.2).Thisisalsousedasreferenceforthetolerances.

“+Tol”and“–Tol”: Specifiestheaccuracy(tolerances)forthepercentweighing(Sec-tion11.4.2).

Allotherfunctionkeysarethesameasforthe“Weighing”application(Section7.2.2).

Factory setting: “Set100%”and“Display”areactivated(inthisorder).

InthefollowingSectionsyouwillbegivenadetailedintroductiontothespecificsettingsforthe“PercentWeighing”application.

11.3.2 Special function keys for percent weighingThefirstpageofthefunctionkeymenupresentsyouwiththefollowingoptionsforpercentweighing:

Page 101: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

The“PercentWeighing”application

101

11.3.5 Special Report Information for percent weighing

Inthethreesubmenuswhereyoucanspecifytheoptionsfortheheaderlineofthereport,forreportingtheindividualvalues,andforthefooterline,youalsohaveadditionalsettingsavailableforpercentweighingwhicharedescribedbelow.

Note:Allotherinformationitemsinthereportarethesameasinthe“Weighing”applica-tion(Section7.2.7)andarenotdescribedhere.

Report Header Line

Onthesecondandthirdpagesofthissubmenuthereareadditionalsettingsforpercentweighing:

“Reference%”: Reportsthereferenceinpercentagevalue(always100%).

“Reference”: Reportsthereferenceasaweightvalue.

“Target value”: Reportsthespecifiedtargetvalue.

“+Tol”and“–Tol”: Reportstheselectedtolerances.

Factory setting: “Appl.Name”(“PercentWeighing”);nospecificinformationitemsforpercentweighingareactivated.

Theheaderlineisprintedautomaticallyifitisdefinedtobepartoftheweighingreport(see“ReportingIndividualValues”).However,theheadercanalsobeprintedoutseparatelybypressingthe“Headerline”functionkey.

Reporting Individual Values

Onthefirstandsecondpagesofthissubmenu,thesamespecialsettingsareavailablefor reporting the individual percent weighings as for the header line (“Reference%”,“Reference”,“Targetvalue”,“+Tol”and“–Tol”,seeabove).

Factory setting: “Net”;nospecificinformationitemsforpercentweighingareacti-vated.

Theindividualvaluesareprintedoutbypressingthe«F»keyor,iftheautomaticprintfunctionisactivated,automatically(seeSection7.2.4).

11.3.4 Additional Unit for percent weighing

Inthemenusforthe“DisplayUnit”andthe“InfoUnit”,inadditiontotheknownweighingunits, theunit“%” (percent)isavailable (provided thata referencehasalreadybeendetermined).

Note:Forpercentweighingyoudonotneedtoexplicitlyselectthe“%”unit,sincethedisplayunitisalwaysswitchedoverto“%”automaticallywhenthereferenceisdetermined.Afterwards,youcanselectthedesiredunitagainwheneveryouwantto.

Factory Setting: “g”(gram)for“displayunit”andfor“infounit”.

Page 102: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

The“PercentWeighing”application

102

Report Footer Line

Onthesecondandthirdpagesofthissubmenuyoucanspecifywhichspecialitemsofinformationforpercentweighingshouldbeprintedoutinthefooterlineoftheweighingreportaftertheresults(individualvalues).The same settings are available as for the header line and the individual values (“Reference%”,“Reference”,“Targetvalue”,“+Tol”and“–Tol”,asdescribedabove).

Factory setting: “Signature”;nospecific information itemsforpercentweighingareactivated.

Toprintthefooterline,pressthe“Footerline”functionkey.

Youwillfindanexample of a percent weighinginSection11.4.3.

11.4 Working with the “Percent Weighing” applicationInthisSectionyouwilllearnhowtoworkwiththe“PercentWeighing”application.Thisapplicationalsoallowsyoutodetermineatare,changetheresolutionofaweighingresult,workwithidentifications,etc.Sinceyouhavealreadylearnthowtodotheseinthe“Weigh-ing”application(Section6.3),theyarenotexplainedagainhere.

11.4.1 Simple percent weighing

Preliminary Settings

Beforeyoucanperformapercentweighing,youmustfirstactivatethefunctionkeyshownatleft(Section11.3.2)sothatyoucandeterminethereference.

Thetwoinformationfields“Reference%”(referencevalueinpercent)and“Reference”(ab-soluteweightvalueofthereference)arebothactivatedatthefactory(Section11.3.3).

Determining the Reference

Placethereferenceweightontheweighingpanandthenpressthe“Set100%”functionkey.

Assoonastheweighingresultisstable,theweightwhichisdeterminedissavedasthereferenceweight.

Intheresultsdisplayandinthe“Reference%”informationfieldthereferencevalue(100%)isdisplayed,whilethe“Reference”informationfielddisplaystheabsoluteweightofthereference.

Performing the Percent Weighing

Afteryouhavedetermined the reference,place theweighingsampleon thepan.Theweightoftheweighingsampleasapercentageofthereferenceweightappearsintheresultsdisplay.Note:Ifinsteadofthepercentageweightyouwanttoknowtheabsoluteweightoftheweighingsimple,touchthe“%”unitandselectthedesiredweighingunit.

Youcanprintouttheresultofthepercentweighingwiththe«F»key.YouwillfindanexampleofareportinSection11.4.3.

Page 103: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

The“PercentWeighing”application

103

11.4.2 Percent weighing to a target valueThe“PercentWeighing”applicationprovidesyouwithadditionalfunctionstomakeweighingtoaspecifiedtargetvalueeasier.Inthedescriptionthatfollows,itisassumedthatthereferenceforthepercentweighinghasalreadybeendetermined.

Requirements

Before youcan inputa target valueand theassociated tolerances, the functionkeysshownatleftmustbeactivated(Section11.3.2).Ifyouwantthespecifiedvaluestobeshowninthedisplay,youcanalsoactivatetheinformationfieldswiththesamename(Section11.3.3).

Pressthefunctionkey“Nominal”.Typeinthedesiredtargetvalue(e.g.130%).Checktheweighingunitwhichisdisplayedtotherightofthetargetvalue.Touchingtheweighingunitdisplaystheavailableunits,whichinclude“%”(the“Percent”unitonlybecomesavailableafterthereferencehasbeendetermined).Note:Theunitsarenotconvertedautomatically,soonceyouhave inputavalue inaparticularunit,thevaluedoesnotchangeevenifyouchangetheunit.Whenyouhaveinputthevalue,press“OK”toactivatethetargetvalue.

Youcanusethetwofunctionkeys“+Tol”and“–Tol”tospecifytheaccuracywithwhichyouwanttoweigh.Theinputwindowissimilartotheoneforthereferencevalue.Bothtolerancevaluesaresetto2.5%atthefactory.Whenyouhaveenteredtherespectivepercentagevalue,press“OK”toactivatethetolerance.Percentageweighingswhichlieoutsidethetolerancesarespeciallymarkedinthereportofindividualvalueswith“>T”or“<T”.

Whenyouhaveinputthetargetvalueandthetolerances,tolerancemarksforthegraphicalweighingaid(“SmartTrac”)appearinthedisplay.Thetolerancemarksmakeweighingtothetargetvalueeasierforyou.Youcanweighyourweighingsampleroughlyuntilthelowertolerancevalueisreached,andthenifnecessarydispensefinelyuntilthetargetvalueisreached.

---- Percentweighing ---1.Sep 2004 14:46

Reference% 100.00 % Reference 236.03 g Nominal 130 % +Tol 2.50 % -Tol 2.50 % 128.390 %

Signature

........................

11.4.3 Example of a percent weighing report

Shownatleftisanexampleofareportforapercentweighingwithtargetvalueandtoler-ances.Thevalueswhicharereportedintheheaderline,asindividualvalues,andinthefooterlinedependonyourindividualreportsettings(Section11.3.5).

Onlythoseinformation items shown in the report which specifically relate to percent weighing areexplainedbelow.YouwillfindexplanationsoftheotheritemsinSection7.2.7.

“Reference%”: Referencevalueinpercent(always100%).

“Reference”: Absoluteweightvalueofthereference.

“Target value”: Specifiedtargetvalue(inthisexample,in%).

“+Tol”: Specifiedplustolerancein%.

“–Tol”: Specifiedminustolerancein%.

“128.390”: Resultoftheweighingas%ofthereference.

Page 104: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

The“PieceCounting”application

104

I

J

12 The “Piece Counting” application (XS-Ex2modelsonly)

InthisSectionyouwillbeintroducedtothe“PieceCounting”application.Youwillfindpracticalinformationaboutworkingwiththisap-plicationandaboutthedifferentsettings.(Youwillfindinformationaboutthenon-application-specificsystemsettingsinSection6.)

12.1 Introduction to the “Piece Counting” applicationThe“PieceCounting”applicationallowsyoutocountpieces.Theapplicationprovidesyouwithseveraldifferentmethodsfordetermin-ingthereferencepieceweight.

Manyoftheapplication-specificsettingsareidenticaltothoseofthe“Weighing”application.However,additionalapplication-specificsettingsareavailabletoyouforpiececounting.Inthedescriptionsthatfollow,onlythosesettingsareexplainedindetailwhicharedifferentfromthe“Weighing”application.

12.2 Selecting the application

12.3 Settings for the “Piece Counting” applicationForpiececountingyouhavevariousspecificsettingsavailablewhichyoucanusetoadapttheapplicationtoyourneeds.

12.3.1 Overview

Ifthe“PieceCounting”applicationisnotalreadyactive,pressthe«D»key.Intheselectionwindow,touchthesymbolfortheapplication.

Afteryouhaveselectedtheapplication,thedisplayshownatleftappears.Someofthespecialfunctionkeysandinformationfieldsforpiececountingareactivatedatthefactory.HowyoucanadapttheseandothersettingstoyourneedsisdescribedintheSectionsthatfollow.

Note: If the information fieldsarenotdisplayedon yourbalance,press the“Display”functionkeytoreducethesizeoftheweightdisplayandtherebymakeroomtodisplaytheinformationfields.

The application-specific settings can be accessed with the «J» key.When this key ispressed,thefirstof4menupagesappears.

Page 105: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

The“PieceCounting”application

105

12.3.3 Special function keys for piece countingThefirstthreepagesofthefunctionkeymenuprovideyouwiththefollowingsettingsforpiececounting:

“FixPcs”: Determinesthereferencepieceweightwithaspecifiedfixednum-berofpieces(Section12.4.1).Thespecifiedreferencenumberofpiecesisdisplayedbelowthekey(e.g.“Fix10”).

“VarPcs”: Allows free selection of the reference piece count (Section12.4.1).

“PcsWgt”: Allowsinputoftheknownweightofareferencepiece.

“M+”: Storesthecurrentpiececountinthememory(Section12.4.2).

“Result”: Openstheresultswindow(Section12.4.2).

“CL Result”: Clears the stored values of a series of piece counts (Section12.4.2).

“CL Last”: Clearsthelastpiececountthatwassaved(Section12.4.2).

Withonlyafewexceptions,thesettingsavailableinthe“PieceCounting”applicationareidenticaltothoseofthe“Weighing”application(Section7.2).Onlythesettingsthataredifferentaredescribedbelow.Thesesettingsarecontainedinthefollowingmenus:

“FixPcs”:Allows you to specify a fixed referencepiececount.

“Function Keys”:Additional functionkeysareavailable forpiececounting.

“Info Field”:Additionalinformationfieldsareavailableforpiececounting.

“Display Unit”and“Info Unit”:Theadditionalunit“PCS”(pieces)isavail-ableforpiececounting.

“Protocol”:Additionalinformationisavailableforpiececountingreports.

InthefollowingSectionsyouwillbegivenadetailedintroductiontothe“PieceCounting”application.

12.3.2 Specifying the fixed reference piece countIn this menu you can specify the fixed reference piece count which should be represented by the“FixPcs” function key (Section12.3.3).

Afterpressingthecorrespondingbutton,aninputwindowappearsinwhichyoucandefinethedesiredfixedreferencepiececount.

Duringpiececounting,eachtimethe“FixPcs”functionkeyispressed(displayedas“Fixn”,wherenisthespecifiedreferencepiececount)theweightonthebalanceisdividedbythespecifiedfixedreferencepiececount. Inthisway,thereferencepieceweightisdeterminedwhichservesasthebasisforthepiececounting.Factory setting: 10.

Page 106: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

The“PieceCounting”application

106

12.3.4 Special information fields for piece countingThefollowingsettingsforpiececountingareavailableonthefirstthreepagesofthemenuforinformationfields:

“RefPcs”: Selectedreferencepiececount.

“PcsWgt”: Referencepieceweight.

“n”: Numberofpiececountsperformedinaseries.

“x”: Average(mean)piececountofallpiececountsinaseries.

“s”and“s.rel”: Standard deviation of a series of piece counts as an absolutenumberandasapercentage.

“Sum”: Accumulatedpiececountofallpiececountsinaseries.

“>T+”and“<T–”: Numberofpiececountsperformedoutsidetheupperandlowertolerancerespectively.

“Min”and“Max”: Lowestandhighestpiececountsinaseriesofpiececounts.

“Diff”: Differencebetweenlowestandhighestpiececountsinaseriesofpiececounts.

“Nominal”: Thetargetpiececountwhichwasinputusingthefunctionkeywiththesamename.

“+Tol”and“–Tol”: These informationfieldsshow the toleranceswhichwere inputusingthefunctionkeyswiththesamenames.

All other information fields are the same as for the“Weighing” application (Section7.2.3).

Factory setting: “PcsWgt”and“RefPcs”activated(inthisorder).

“Nominal”: Specifiesthedesiredtargetpiececount(Section12.4.3).Thetargetpiececountisalsousedasthereferenceforthetolerances(asdescribedbelow).

“Abs/Diff”: Switchestheweightdisplaybetweenthenumberofpiecesthathavealreadybeenweighedandthenumberofpiecesstillneedingtobeweighedtoreachthetargetpiececount(Section12.4.3).

“+Tol”and“–Tol”: Specifiestheaccuracy(tolerances)forthepiececounting(Section12.4.3).

“Max n”: Specifiesthemaximumnumberofpiececountsinaseries(Section12.4.2).

All other function keys are identical to those for the“Weighing” application (Section7.2.2).

Factory setting: “PcsWgt”“FixPcs”,“VarPcs” and“Display” are activated (inthisorder).

Page 107: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

The“PieceCounting”application

107

Inthethreesubmenuswhereyoucanspecifytheoptionsfortheheaderlineofreports,theoptionsforreportsofindividualvalues,andtheoptionsforstatisticalreports,thereareadditionalsettingsavailableforpiecepiececountingwhicharedescribedbelow.

Note:Allotheritemsofinformationonthereportsarethesameasforthe“Weighing”application(Section7.2.7)andarenotlistedhere.

Report header line

Onthesecondpageofthissubmenuthereisanadditionalsettingforpiececounting:

“Nom, +/–Tol”: Reports thespecified targetpiececountand theselected tole-rances.

Factory setting: “Appl.Name”(“PieceCounting”);theapplication-specificinforma-tionforpiececountingisnotactivated.

Theheaderlineisautomaticallyprintedifthefunctionkey“M+”ispressedtosavethefirstpiececountvalueofaseries.Theheaderlinecanalsobeprintedseparatelybypressingthe“Headerline”functionkey.

Reporting individual values

Thefirstandsecondpagesofthissubmenucontainthefollowingadditionalsettingsforpiececounting:

“Nom, +/–Tol”: Reportsthespecifiedtargetpiececountandtheselectedtoler-ances.

“RefPcs”: Reportstheselectedreferencepiececount.

“PcsWgt”: Reportsthespecifiedreferencepieceweight.

“NetPcs”: Reportsthedeterminednetpiececount.

Factory setting: “ID1”,“NetPcs”,and“Net”.

Individualvaluesofpiececountingseriesareprintedoutautomaticallyifthe“M+”functionkeyispressed.Anindividualvaluecanalsobeprintedoutsaparatelybypressingthe«F»key,inwhichcasenoitemcounterisprintedinfrontofthenetvalue.

12.3.6 Special report information for piece counting

12.3.5 Additional unit for piece countingInthemenusforthe“displayunit”and“infounit”,theunit“PCS”(pieces)isavailableinadditiontotheusualweighingunits(providedthatareferencepieceweightwasalreadydetermined).

Note:Whenyoudopiececounting,youdonothavetoexplicitlyselecttheunit“PCS”,becausethedisplayunitisalwaysautomaticallyswitchedto“PCS”whenthereferencepieceweightisdetermined.Afterthereferencepieceweighthasbeendetermined,youcanswitchbacktothedesiredunitatanytime.Theonlyexceptionisifyouhavealreadysavedavaluefromaseriesofpiececountsinthememory,inwhichcaseyoucanonlyswitchbackfrom“PCS”totheotherweighingunitsafteryouhaveclearedtheresults.

Factory unit: “g”(gram)for“Displayunit”and“Informationunit”.

Page 108: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

The“PieceCounting”application

108

Reporting the result

Onthesecondandthirdpagesofthissubmenuyoucanspecirywhichadditionalinforma-tionitemsforpiececountingshouldbeincludedinthereportoftheresults:

“Max n”: Specifiedmaximumnumberofpiececountsinaseries.

“Nom, +/–Tol”: Specifiedtargetpiececountandselectedtolerances.

“>Tol+, <Tol–: Numberofpiececountsoutsidetheupperandlowertolerancelimitsrespecitvely.

“n”: Numberofpiececountsperformedinaseries.

“x”: Average(mean)piececountofallpiececountsinaseries.

“s”and“s.rel”: Standarddeviationasanabsoluteandpercentagevalue.

Note:Thesetwovaluesareonlyreportedifthememorycontainsatleast3values.Otherwisehorizontaldashesareprintedinsteadofthevalues.

“Min,Max, Diff.”: Lowestandhighestpiececountsdeterminedinthecurrentseriesandthedifferencebetweenthesetwopiececounts.

“Sum”: Accumulatedvalueofallsavedindividualweighingsinthecurrentdisplayunit.

“SumPcs”: Accumulatedpiececountofallsavedindividualpiececounts.

Factory setting: “n”,“x”,“s”,“s.rel”,“Min,Max,Diff.”,“Sum”,“SumPcs”,“Signature”,and“3blanklines”areactivated.

Thereportofresultscanbeprintedoutbyopeningtheresultswindowandthenpress-ingthe«F»key.Ifaspecificnumberofindividualcountshasbeendefinedforapiececountingseries(“Maxn”),thereportoftheresultsisprintedoutautomaticallyassoonastheresultofthelastpiececounthasbeentransferredtomemory.

YouwillfindanexampleofapiececountingreportinSection12.4.4.

12.4 Working with the “Piece Counting” applicationInthisSectionyouwilllearnhowtoworkwiththe“PieceCounting”application.Itgoeswithoutsayingthatyoucanalsodetermineatare,changetheresolutionoftheweighingresult,workwithidentifications,etc.Sinceyoualreadyknowaboutthesepossibilitiesfromthe“Weighing”application(Section6.3),theyarenotexplainedagainhere.

12.4.1 Simple piece counting

Settings

Beforeyoucanperformasimplepiececount,youmustactivateatleastoneofthe3functionkeysshownatleft(Section12.3.3)sothatyoucandeterminethereference.The two informationfields“PcsWgt” (referencepieceweight)and“RefPcs” (referencepiececount)arealreadyactivatedatthefactory(Section12.3.4).

Page 109: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

The“PieceCounting”application

109

Determining the reference

Placethedesirednumberofreferencepiecesontheweighingpan.Thebalanceusesthesereferencepiecestodeterminetheaverage(mean)pieceweight,whichservesasthebasisforpiececounting.

Whenyouhaveplacedontheweighingpanexactlythenumberofpieceswhichwasprogrammedforthe“FixPcs”functionkey(Section12.3.2),pressthisfunctionkey.(Theprogrammedreferencepiececountisdisplayedbelowthekey,e.g.“Fix10”).Assoonastheweighingresultisstable,thecalculatedaveragepieceweightisacceptedasthereference.Theinformationfieldsthendisplaytheaveragepieceweight(thenumberofdecimalplacesdependsonthemodel)andthereferencepiececount.

Ifyouhaveplacedontheweighingpanadifferentnumberofreferencepiecesthanthenumbercorrespondingtothe“FixPcs”key(e.g.32pieces),pressthe“VarPcs”(variablepiececount)functionkey.Aninputfieldappearsinwhichyoucanenterthenumberofpieces.

Afteryouconfirmthenumberofpieces,thebalancedeterminesthereference.Theinfor-mationfieldsthendisplaythereferencepiececountwhichwasenteredandtheaverage(mean)weightofthereferencepieces.

If the piece weight is known,youcanenteritdirectly.Todothis,pressthe“PcsWgt”functionkey.Aninputfieldappearsinwhichyoucanenterthepieceweightinthedesiredunit.

Sincethebalancedoesnothavetodetermineareferenceifthismethodisused,theresultofthepiececount(thenumberofpiecescurrentlyontheweighingpan)isdisplayedassoonasyouconfirmthepieceweight.Theinformationfieldsthendisplaythereferencepieceweightyouenteredandtherefer-encepiececount“1”(becausetheweightofonlyonepiecewasentered).

Performing the piece count

Afteryouhavedeterminedthereference,placethepiecesyouwishtocountontheweigh-ingpan.Thenumberofpiecesdeterminedappearsintheresultsdisplay.Note:Ifyouwishtoknowtheweightofthepiecesontheweighingpaninsteadofthenumber,pressthe“PCS”unitandselectthedesiredweighingunit.

Youcanprinttheindividualvaluewhichwasdeterminedbypressingthe«F»key.YouwillfindanexampleofareportinSection12.4.4.

Page 110: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

The“PieceCounting”application

110

Settings

Soyoucantotalpiececountsandincludetheminstatistics,youmustactivateatleastoneofthe3functionskeysshownatleft(Section12.3.3),andatleastoneofthefunctionkeysforreferencedetermination(Section12.4.1).

Inaddition,werecommendyoualsotoactivatethetwofunctionkeysshownatleft.Thesekeysallowyoutoclearincorrectvalues(“CLLast”)andtospecifythenumberofpiececountsinaseries(“Maxn”).

Tomakeoptimaluseofthestatisticsfunctions,youshouldconnectaprintertoyourbal-ance.Ifnoprinterisconnected,werecommendyoutoactivatethethreemostimportantinformationfieldsforthestatisticsofyourapplication(e.g.“n”,“x”,and“s”,seeSection12.3.4).

Operating sequence

Tospecifythenumberofpiececountsforaseriesinadvance,youcanpressthe“Max n”functionkeyandenterthenumber(1...999).Afterthelastpiececount,theseriesisterminatedautomatically,theresultswindowopens,andtheresultsreportisprinted.Note:Thisfunctionkeycanonlybeactivatediftherearenovaluesinthestatistics.Ifyouenter0(zero)for“Max n”,theseriesisunlimited,andyoucanincludeupto999piececountsinthestatistics.

Ifyouareworkingwithaweighingcontainer,placeitonthepanandpressthe«H»keytotarethebalance.

Determine the referenceby thedesiredmethod(fixed referencepiececount,variablereferencepiececount,orinputofaknownpieceweight,seeSection12.4.1).

Performthefirstpiececountandpressthefunctionkey“M+”toincludetheresultinthestatistics.Assoonastheresultisstable(horizontaldashesdisappear),itisincludedinthestatistics.Thereportheaderlineisprinted,followedbytheindividualvalueofthecurrentpiececount(Section12.3.6).

Removethepiecesofthefirstpiececountfromtheweighingpan.Performtherespectivepiececountsoftheseries.Confirmeachresultwiththe“M+”functionkey.Removethepiecesandtarethebalance.Eachtimearesultisincludedinthestatistics,itisprintedautomatically.

Notes:

– Ifyoupress the“M+” functionkeywhennoweightchangehasoccurred,anerrormessageappears.Thisistomakesureyoudonotrecordthesameresulttwicebymistake.

12.4.2 Totaling piece counts and including them in statistics

Page 111: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

The“PieceCounting”application

111

– Ifyousavedanincorrectpiececountingresultbymistake,youcanremoveitfromthestatisticswiththe“CL Last”functionkey.However,thisisonlypossibleforthelastresultthatwassaved.The“CL Last”functionkeyisonlyactiveiftherearevaluessavedinmemory;otherwisethekeyisdimmedandcannotbeoperated.Afteryouhaveclearedaresult,thekeyisinactivatedandonlyfunctionsagainafteryouhaveincludedthenextresultinthestatistics.

Whenyouhaveperformedallthepiececountsintheseries,pressthe“Result”functionkey. (Thekeycanonlybeoperated if thereare values in thememory;otherwise it isdimmedandcannotbeoperated).Thistemporarilyterminatestheseriesofpiececountsandopenstheresultswindow.(Youcan,however,continuetheseriesatanytime.)Note:Ifyouspecifiedthenumberofpiececountsintheserieswiththe“Max n”functionkey,theresultswindowopensautomaticallyafterthelastpiececountandindicatesthatthemaximumnumberofpiececountshasbeenreached.

Theresultswindowshowstheresultsof thecountingseries,withthe informationyouselectedtobeincludedinthereport(seeSection12.3.6).PleaserefertotheinstructionsinSection12.4.4regardingtheunits,resolution,andaccuracyofthedisplayedvalues.

Iftheresultswindowspreadsoverseveraldisplaypages,youcanusethearrowkeystomovebetweenthepages.Youcanprinttheresultsreportbypressingthe«F»key.

Youwillfindanexampleofacompletereportwithall thestatisticalvaluesinSection12.4.4.

Whenyouhavedefinitelycompletedthecurrentpiececountingseriesandwanttoclearthememoryreadyforanewseries,pressthe“CL Result”functionkey.Forsafety,youwillbeaskedtoconfirmthatyoureallywanttodeletethestatistics.Note:Ifthekeyisshowndimmed,therearenovaluesinthestatistics.

Page 112: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

The“PieceCounting”application

112

12.4.3 Counting to a target valueThe“PieceCounting”applicationhasadditionalfunctionswhichmakeiteasierforyoutocounttoaspecifiedtargetvalue.Youcanusethesefunctionsforindividualpiececountsaswellasforseriesofpiececountswithstatistics.Inthefollowingdescriptionitisassumedthatthereferenceforthepiececounthasalreadybeendetermined.

Settings

Beforeyoucanentera target valueand theassociated tolerances, the functionkeysshownatleftmustbeactivated(Section12.3.3).Ifyouwantthespecifiedvaluestobeshowninthedisplay,youmustalsoactivatetheinformationfieldswiththesamename(Section12.3.4).

Wealsorecommendyoutoactivatethe“Abs/Diff”functionkey,soyoucanswitchbe-tweenthequantityalreadyweighedandthequantitythatstillneedstobeweighedtoreachthetargetvalue.

Operating sequence

Note:Ifthestatisticsalreadycontainvalues,thefunctionkeysforenteringthetargetvalueandtolerancesareinactive.Inthiscase,youmustclearthestatisticswiththe“CL Result”functionkeybeforeyoucanspecifythetargetvalueandtolerances.

Pressthe“Nominal”functionkey.Typeinthedesiredvalue.Checktheweighingunitwhichisdisplayedtotherightofthetargetvalue.Presstheweighingunittodisplaytheunitsavailableforselection,whichinclude“PCS”(pieces).Note:Theunitsarenotconvertedautomatically,i.e.ifyouhaveenteredavalueinoneunit,thevalueremainsthesameevenifyouchangetheunit.Whenyouhaveenteredthevalue,press“OK”toactivatethetargetvalue.

Tospecifyhowaccuratelyyouwanttocount,youcanusethe“+Tol”and“–Tol”functionkeys.Theinputwindowisthesameasfortargetvalue.Bothtolerancevaluesaresetto2.5%atthefactory.Whenyouhaveenteredthedesiredpercentagevalues,press“OK”toactivatethetolerance.Piececountswhichlieoutsidethetolerancesarespeciallymarkedwith“>T”or“<T”inthereportofindividualvalues.

Whenyouhaveenteredthetargetvalueandtolerances,thetolerancemarksforthe“Smart-Trac”graphicalweighingaidappearinthedisplay.Thetolerancemarksmakeweighingtothetargetvalueeasier.Youcanweighyoursamplesroughlyuntilthelowertolerancevalueisreached,andthendispensefinelytothetargetvalue.

Page 113: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

The“PieceCounting”application

113

12.4.4 Example of a piece counting report with statistical valuesShownatleftisanexampleofareportforpiececountingwithstatisticalvalues.Thevaluesshownintheheaderline,asindividualvalues,andasresultsdependontheindividualreportsettingsyoumade(Section12.3.6).

Onlythespecific items of information relating to piece counting, andtheassociatedstatisticalvaluescontainedintheexamplereport,areexplainedbelow.Youwillfindex-planationsoftheotherinformationitemsinthereportinSection7.2.7.

“Nominal”: Thespecifiedtargetvalue(inthisexampleasnumberofpieces).

“+Tol”: Specifiedplustolerance(inpercent).

“–Tol”: Specifiedminustolerance(inpercent).

“RefPcs”: Numberofreferencepiecesforeachpiececount.

“PcsWgt”: Referencepieceweightforeachpiececount.

“NetPcs”: Netnumberofpiecesdeterminedforeachpiececount.

“1”...“3”: Sequencenumbersandnetvaluesoftheindividualpiececountsintheseries.Anypiececountswhichlieoutsidethetolerancesarespeciallymarkedwith“>T”or“<T”(inthisexample,thesecondcount).Note:Theresultsaredisplayedinthecurrentdisplayunit,whichneednotnecessarilybe“PCS”.

“Max n”: Specifiednumberofpiececountsintheseries.

“>T+”,“<T–: Number of piece counts in the series which were outside therespective tolerances. In thisexample, the resultof thesecondpiececountwasbelowthelowertolerancelimit.

“n”: Numberofpiececountsrecorded.

“x”: Average(mean)piececountofallrecordedcounts.Thevalueisreportedinthecurrentdisplayunit,inthiscase“PCS”.Theresolutionofthereportedvalueishigherthanthatoftheindividualmeasuredvaluewiththehighestresolution.

“s”: Standarddeviationoftheseries.Thevalueisreportedinthecur-rentdisplayunit,inthiscase“PCS”.Thesamecommentregardingresolutionappliesasfor“x”(seeabove).

“s.rel”: Relativestandarddeviationoftheseries(inpercent).Thevalueisalwaysreportedwith2decimalplaces.

“Min”: Lowestvaluedeterminedinthecurrentseries.

“Max”: Highestvaluedeterminedinthecurrentseries.

“Diff”: Differencebetweenthehighestandlowestvaluesinthecurrentseries.Thevalueisreportedinthecurrentdisplayunit,inthiscase“PCS”.

“Sum”: Accumulatedresultofall individualweighingsthatweresaved.Note:Theresultisshowninthecurrentdisplayunitwhichneednotnecessarilybe“PCS”.

“SumPcs”: Totalpiececount(accumulatedresultofallindividualpiececountsofaseriesthatweresaved).

---- Piececounting -----1.Sep 2004 17:34Balance Type XS6002SXWeighBridge SNR: 1234567890 Terminal SNR: 1234567890Nominal 110.00 PCS +Tol 2.50 % -Tol 2.50 % RefPcs 10 PCS PcsWgt 24.688 g NetPcs 110 PCS 1 110 PCS RefPcs 10 PCS PcsWgt 24.688 g NetPcs 105 PCS 2<T 105 PCS RefPcs 10 PCS PcsWgt 24.688 g NetPcs 109 PCS 3 109 PCS Max n 3 >T+ 0 <T- 1 n 3 x 108.000 PCS s 2.646 PCS s.rel 2.45 % Min 105 PCS Max 110 PCS Diff 5 PCS Sum 324.00 PCS SumPcs 324 PCS

Signature

........................

Important information for interpreting the reported results

Thevaluesfor“x”and“s”arecalculatedresultswhicharedisplayedwithahigherresolutionthantheindividualmeasurementvalues.Withsmallmeasurementseries(<approx.10measurementvalues),andmeasurementserieswhichhavesmalldeviations,thesig-nificanceofthelastdecimalplacecannotbeguaranteed.YouwillfindinformationabouttheformulasusedtocalculatethesevaluesinSection8.4.4.

Page 114: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

The“DynamicWeighing”application

114

I

J

13 The “Dynamic Weighing” application (XS-Ex2modelsonly)

InthisSectionyouwillbeintroducedtothe“DynamicWeighing”application.Youwillfindpracticalinformationaboutworkingwiththisap-plicationandaboutthedifferentsettings.(Youwillfindinformationaboutthenon-application-specificsystemsettingsinSection5).

13.1 Introduction to the “Dynamic Weighing” applicationThe“DynamicWeighing”applicationallowsefficient,convenient,andaccurateweighingofunstableweighingobjects(e.g.animals).

Theapplicationsupportstheuserofachip scannerforfastanderror-freeidentificationofmeasurementresultstoindividualtestani-mals.Youcanconnectthechipscannerlikeabarcodereaderandconfigureitinthesystemsettings(Section6.6,“Barcode”).Intheapplication-dependentsettingsyouspecifyhowthedatafromthescannershouldbeprocessed.Thisisdescribedinthe“Weighing”application,Section7.2.11.

Manyoftheapplication-dependentsettingsareidenticaltothoseofthe“Weighing”application.However,additionalsettingsareavail-abletoyoufordynamicweighing.Inthedescriptionsthatfollow,onlythosesettingsareexplainedindetailwhicharedifferentfromthe“Weighing”application.

13.2 Selecting the application

13.3 Settings for the “Dynamic Weighing” ApplicationFordynamicweighingyouhavevariousspecificsettingsavailablewhichyoucanusetoadapttheapplicationtoyourneeds.

13.3.1 Overview

Ifthe“DynamicWeighing”applicationisnotalreadyactive,firstpressthe«I»key.Intheselectionwindow,touchthesymbolfortheapplication.

Afteryouhaveselectedtheapplication,thedisplayshownatleftappears.Someofthespecialinformationfieldsfordynamicweighingareactivatedatthefactory.HowyoucanadapttheseandothersettingstoyourneedsisdescribedintheSectionsthatfollow.

Note: If the information fieldsarenotdisplayedon yourbalance,press the“Display”functionkeytoreducethesizeoftheweightdisplayandtherebymakeroomtodisplaytheinformationfields.

Theapplication-dependentsettingscanbeaccessedwiththe«J»key.Whenthiskeyispressed,thefirstof5menupagesappears.

Page 115: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

The“DynamicWeighing”application

115

Withonlyafewexceptions,thesettingsavailableinthe“DynamicWeighing”applicationareidenticaltothoseofthe“Weighing”ap-plication(Section7.2).Onlythesettingsthataredifferentaredescribedbelow.Thesesettingsarecontainedinthefollowingmenusonthefirst4menupages:

“Function Keys”:Additional functionkeysareavailable fordynamicweighing.

“Data Acquisition”:Adaptationoftheapplicationtotheweigh-ingobject.

“Start Mode”:Settingsforthestartoftheweighing.

“Beep”:Activates/deactivatesthebeepthatsignifiescompletionofaweighing.

“AutoTare”:Activates/deactivates the automatic tarefunction.

Thefollowingspecialfunctionkeysareavailablefordynamicweighing:

“Start”: Youcanusethisfunctionkeytostartamanual weighingcycle.Ifthe“automaticstart”functionisactivated(Section13.3.4),thisfunctionkey isnot required. If theautomaticstart functionhasbeenswitchedoff,youmustactivatethisfunctionkey,otherwisenoweighingscanbeperformed!

“Result”: Openstheresultswindow.Thisfunctionkeyisonlyrequiredifthestatisticsfunctionhasbeenactivated(Section13.3.12).

“CL Result”: Clearsthestatisticsofaweighingseries.Thiskeyisonlyrequiredifthestatisticsfunctionhasbeenactivated.

“Info field”: Additionalinformationfieldsareavailablefordynamicweighing.

“Reports”: Additionalinformationisavailablefordynamicweighingreports.

“Single Value Print”: Activates/deactivatesautomaticprintingofindividualweighingresults.

“Output channel selection”: Selectsthedestinationfortheoutputdata(hostand/orprinter).

“Data output format”: Formattingoftheoutputdata.

“Statistics”: Activates/deactivatesthestatisticsfunction.

Pleasenotetatincontrasttothe“Weighing”application, nofreeunitscanbedefined.InthefollowingSectionsyouwillbegivenadetailedintroductiontothespecificsettingsforthe“DynamicWeighing”application.

13.3.2 Special function keys for dynamic weighing

Page 116: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

The“DynamicWeighing”application

116

13.3.3 Adapting the application to the dynamic behavior of the weighing materialYoucanusethesettingsinthe“DataAcquisition”menutoadapttheapplicationtothebehavioroftheweighingobjectandtherebyoptimizethespeedofaresultdetermination.Thefollowingsettingsareavailable:

Withthe“Dynamic Behavior”setting,thebalancedeterminesthereleaseoftheweighingresultbasedonyourspecifications(filtersettings):

“Stable”: Thissettingissuitableforrelativelystableweighingobjects.

“Standard”: Thissettingissuitablefornormalweighingobjects.

“Unstable”: Thissettingissuitableforunstableweighingobjects.

Alternatively,the“Time Interval”settingallowsyoutodefineafixedamountoftime(1...99seconds)untiltheweighingresultisreleased.Thiscanimpairprecision,butitcanbepracticalwhentheabovefiltersettingsresultinlongmeasuringtimesinthecaseofextremelyunstableweighingmaterials,orwhenyouhavetoconcludeyourmeasurementswithinacertainamountoftime.

Factory setting: “TimeInterval”=“5sec”.

13.3.4 Settings for the start of weighingInthe“StartMode”menu,youmustspecifyhowaweighingcycleshouldbestarted.

“Step procedure”: No automatic start. Each measurement cycle must be startedmanuallyand the“Start” functionkeymustbeactive (Section13.3.2).Loadingandremovingtheobjectthatisbeingweighedmustbeconfirmed.

“AutoStart”: A measurement cycle is started automatically as soon as theweighingobjectisplacedonthebalancewhichisheavierthanthespecifiedminimumweight.Tochangetheminimumweight,pressthecorrespondingbutton,andanumericinputfieldwillappearintowhichyoucantypetheminimumweightvalueingrams.Thepurposeoftheminimumweightvalueistocheckwhetherornotthereisaweighingobjectonthebalance.Definetheminimumweightvaluesothatitislessthantheweightofyourlightestweigh-ingobject,butnotsolowthatevenslightsoilingoftheweighingpan,orvibrations,triggeraweighing.

Note:Ifthe“AutoTare”function(Section13.3.6)isactivated,thedisplayisautomaticallyresettozeroaftereachweighingiscom-pleted.

“CL Last”: Deletesthelastmeasurementvaluewhichwasincludedinthestatistics.Thisfunctionkeyisonlyrequiredifthestatisticsfunctionhasbeenactivated.

Allotherfunctionkeysarethesameasforthe“Weighing”application(Section7.2.2).

Factory setting: “ID”,“1/10d”and“Display”activated(inthisorder).Nospecificfunctionkeysfordynamicweighingareactivated.

Page 117: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

The“DynamicWeighing”application

117

13.3.6 Settings for the automatic tare functionInthismenuitemyoucanspecifywhetherthebalanceshouldbeautomaticallyresettozerowhenrequired(seealsoSection12.4.1and12.4.2).

“On”: Whentheweighingobjectisremoved,thedisplayisautomaticallyresettozeroandthebalanceisimmediatelyreadyforthenextdynamicweighing.

“Off”: Thedisplaymustbemanuallyresettozerowiththe«G»or«H»keybeforeanewweighingisperformed.

Factory setting: “On”(automatictarefunctionactivated)

13.3.5 Settings for the beep at the end of the measurement cycleInthe“Beep”menuyoucanspecifywhetherabeepshouldindicatetheendofameasurementcycle.

“Off”: Thereisnobeepattheendofadynamicweighing.

“On”: Assoonastheresultofadynamicweighingisready,abeepisemitted.Ifyouswitchthebeepon,afteryouhavestartedaweigh-ingcycleyoucandoanotherjobuntilthebeeptellsyouthattheresultisready.

Factory setting: “On”(beepswitchedon)

“Quick procedure”: No automatic start: Each measurement cycle must be startedmanually andthe “Start”functionkeymustbeactive(Section13.3.2).Differentthanthe“Stepprocedure”,loadingtheobjectbe-ingweigheddoesnothavetobeconfirmed,andthemeasurementstartsimmediatelywhenyoupressthe“Start”key.Unloadingtheobjectbeingweighedalsodoesnothavetobeconfirmed.

The“AutoTare”functionisinactive;ifnecessary,weighingcontainersmustbetaredmanuallybeforestartingthemeasurement.

Toensurebackwardcompatibilitywithearlierproducts,onlytheweightvaluesthataredeterminedarerecordedintheprotocol,irrespectiveoftheselectedprotocolsettings.Thesettingsforfor-mattingtheoutputdataareignored.Thevaluesareprotocolledinafixedformatandthesymbol“*”isinsertedbeforeeachvalue.

Factory setting: “AutoStart”(minimumweight5.00g)

Page 118: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

The“DynamicWeighing”application

118

13.3.7 Special information fields for dynamic weighingInthemenuforinformationfieldsthefollowingspecialsettingsfordynamicweighingareavailable:

“AutoStart”: Indicateswhetherthe“AutoStart”functionisactive(Section13.3.4).With this functionactivated, theassociatedminimumweight isdisplayed.

“Status”: Current statusof theapplication (forexplanations, seeSection13.4.1).

The following informationfieldsareonly relevant if thestatistics function isactivated(Section13.3.12):

“n”: Numberofsamplesweighed.

“x”: Average(mean)weightofallsamples.

“s”and“s.rel”: Standarddeviationasabsoluteandpercentagevalue.

“Min”and“Max”: Lowestandhighestdeterminedweightvalueofthecurrentmea-surementseries.

“Diff”: Differencebetweenthelowestandthehighestweightvalue.

“Sum”: Accumulatedweightofallindividualweighings.

Allotherinformationfieldsareidenticaltothoseforthe“Weighing”application(Section7.2.3).

Factory setting: “AutoStart”,“Status”,and“ID1”activated(inthisorder).

13.3.8 Special report information for dynamic weighing Inthethreesubmenuswhereyoucanspecifytheoptionsfortheheaderlineofreports,theoptionsforindividualvalues,andtheoptionsfortheresults,thereareadditionalset-tingsavailablewhicharedescribedbelow.

Note:Allother itemsof informationinthereportsarethesameasfor the“Weighing”application(Section8.2.8)andarenotlistedhere.

Report header line

Theinformationavailableinthereportisidenticaltothatforthe“Weighing”application(Section7.2.7).

Factory setting: “Appl.Name”(“DynamicWeighing”)and“Date/Time”.

Iftheheaderlinehasbeendefinedasacomponentoftheweighingreport,itisprintedautomatically(see“Reportingindividualvalues”onthenextpage).Theheaderlinecanalsobeprintedoutseparatelybypressingthe“Headerline”functionkey.

Page 119: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

The“DynamicWeighing”application

119

13.3.9 Automatic or manual reporting of individual valuesInthe“Printsinglevalue”menuyouspecifywhethertheindividualvalues(Section13.3.8)shouldbeprintedoutautomaticallyormanually.

“Automatic”: Areportofindividualvaluesisprintedoutautomaticallyaftereachsuccessfullycompletedmeasurement.

“Manual”: As soon as the result of a dynamic weighing is displayed, theindividualvaluereportcanbeprintedoutwiththe«F»key.

Factory setting: “Automatic”

Reporting individual values

Inthissubmenuthefollowingspecialsettingsfordynamicweighingareavailable:

“Sample”: Reportsthenetweightvalueofthecurrentweighing.

Factory setting: “Sample”.

Anindividualvalueisprintedouteitherbypressingthe«F»keywiththeresultwindowopen,orautomatically(seeSection13.3.9).

Footer line of the report

Onthesecondandthirdpagesof thissubmenuyoucanspecifyadditionalstatisticalinformationwhichshouldbeprintedout in thefooterof theweighingreportafter theresults(individualvalues):

“n”: Numberofsamplesweighed.

“x”: Average(mean)weightofallsamples.

“s”and“s.rel”: Standarddeviationasabsoluteandpercentagevalue.

Note:Thesetwovaluesareonlyreportedifthestatisticscontainatleast3values,otherwisehorizontallinesareprintedinsteadofthevalues.

“Min,Max, Diff.”: Lowestandhighestweightvaluesdeterminedinthecurrentmea-surementseriesandthedifferencebetweenthesevalues.

“Sum”: Accumulatedweightofallindividualvaluessaved.

Factory setting: “Signature”;nospecificinformationitemsfordynamicweighingareactivated.

Thefooterlineisprintedoutwhenthe“Footer”functionkeyispressed.

YouwillfindanexampleofadynamicweighingreportinSection13.4.4.

Page 120: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

The“DynamicWeighing”application

120

13.3.10 Selecting the destination for the output dataInthe“Outputchannelselection”menuyoucanspecifytheinstrumentstowhichtheweighingresultsshouldbetransmitted.

“Printer”: Thedataaretransmittedtotheprinteraccordingtotheselectedprotocolsettings(Section13.3.8).

“Host”: Theweighingresultsaretransmittedtothecomputeraccordingtothesettingsforformattingtheoutputdata(Section13.3.11).

“Printer + Host”: Thedataare transmitted toboth theprinter and thecomputer(accordingtotheprotocolsettingsandthesettingsforformattingtheoutputdata).

Factory setting: “Printer”

Note: Ifyouselectedthe“Quickprocedure”settingforthestartoftheweighing(Section13.3.4),onlytheweightvaluesthataredeter-minedareprotocolledontheprinter,irrespectiveoftheprotocolsettings that were selected. In the data output to the host, thesettingsforformattingtheoutputdataareignored.Thevaluesareprotocolledinafixedformat,andthe“*”symbolisinsertedbeforeeachvalue.

13.3.11 Formatting the output data

In the“Dataoutput format”menu,youcanspecifyhow theweighing results thatareoutputtothehostcomputershouldbeformatted.Thiscanbenecessaryifyouoperateyourbalancetogetherwithotherinstruments,programs,orperipheraldevicesthatrequireaparticulardataformat.

Atthefactory,dataoutputissettoastandard format.

Example(21.45g):

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26

d w N 2 1 . 4 5 g CR LF

Theidentifier“dw”indicatesthatthedatarecordrelatestothecalculatedweightvalueofadynamicweighing,“N”standsforanetweightvalue.Theweightvalueisfollowedbytheend-of-linecharacterthatwasdefinedforthehost(Section6.6).

Ifyouwanttochangetheoutputformat,activate“Customise”andthentouch“Define”key.

Page 121: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

The“DynamicWeighing”application

121

Thismenucontainssettingsforthefollowingdatafields:

– DWidentifier

– Netweightsymbol

– Weightvalue

– Weightunit

Intheoutputdata,thesefieldsarealwaysseparatedbyaspacecharacter.Thecompletedatarecordisterminatedwiththeend-of-linecharactersthatweredefinedforthehost(Section6.6).

Thesettingsfortheindividualdatafieldsareexplainedbelow.

DW identifier

Inthestandardoutputformat,theweightvaluesarealwaysprecededbytheidentifier“dw”(“dynamicweighing”)whichindicatesthattheweighingresultiscalculatedfromseveralindividualmeasurements.Inthismenu,youcanactivateanddeactivate(“Off”)thisfunction,selectthesymboltobeused(“*”or“dw”),andalsospecifythefieldlength(1–10characters).Theidentifierisaligendright-justifiedinthefield.

Factory setting: Identifierdeactivated(“Off”). Fieldlength2characters.

Net weight symbol

Inthestandardoutputformat,netweightsareidentifiedwith“N”.Inthismenuyoucanactivateanddeactivatethisfunctionandalsodefinethefieldlength(1–10characters).Thenetsymbolisalignedleft-justifiedinthefield.Note:Ifthebalancehasnotbeentared,thenetsymbolisnottransmitted,andspacecharacterscorrespondingtotheselectedfieldlengtharetransmittedinstead.

Factory setting: Netweightsymboldeactivated(“Off”). Fieldlength5characters.

Format of the weight value

Forformattingtheweightvalue,thefollowingoptionsareavailable:

“Field length”: Total length of the data field for the weight value includingsign, decimal point, and decimal places (1 – 20 characters).Note:Irrespectiveofyoursetting,enoughcharactersarealwaysoutput for theweightvaluethat isdisplayedontheterminal tobetransmitted.Theweightvalueisoutputright-justified.Factory setting:10.

Page 122: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

The“DynamicWeighing”application

122

“No. of dec. digits”: Numberofdecimalplaces(0–6characters).Ifthevaluethatissetislessthanthenumberofdecimalplacesdisplayedontheterminal,around-edvaluewiththeselectednumberofdecimalplacesistrasnmitted.Factory setting:Max.numberofdecimalplacesofthebalance.

“Sign”: Whensetto“Always”,theweightvalueisalwaysprecededbyaplusorminussign.Ifyouselect“Neg. values”,negativevalueswillbeprecededbyaminussign,butpositivevalueswillbetransmittedwithoutasign.Factory setting:“Neg.values”.

“Sign position”: Youcanusethissettingtospecifywhetherthesignshouldbeimmedi-atelyinfrontoftheweightvalue(rightjustified)orwithagapinbetween.Factory setting:Rightjustified(immediatelyinfrontoftheweightvalue).

Field for the weight unit

Inthestandardoutputformat,eachwightvalueisoutputwiththecorrespondingweightunit(correspondingtothecurrentdisplayunit).Inthismenuyoucanchoosewhetherweightunitsshouldbetrasnmittedwithorwithoutunitandalsospecifythefieldlenghtfor theweightunit(1–5characters). Irrespectiveofyoursettingfor thefield length,enoughdecimalplaceswillbeoutputfortheweightvaalueshownonthedisplaytobecompletelytransmitted.Theweightunitisoutputleft-justified(separatedfromtheweightvaluebyaspacecharacter.

Factory setting: Outputofthweightunitisactivated. Fieldlength3characters.

13.3.12 Activate or deactivate statisticsInthe“Statistics”menuyoucanspecifywhethertheresultsoftheindividualweighingsshouldbeincludedinthestatistics.

“Off”: Theresultsoftheweighingsarenotincludedinthestatistics.

“On”: Theresultsofthedynamicweighingsareincludedinthestatisticsandcanbesubsequentlyevaluated.YouwillfindinformationaboutuseofthestatisticsfunctioninSection13.4.3.

Factory setting: “Off”(statisticsdeactivated)

Page 123: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

The“DynamicWeighing”application

123

13.4 Working with the “Dynamic Weighing” applicationInthisSectionyouwilllearnhowtoworkwiththe“DynamicWeighing”application.Itgoeswithoutsayingthatyoucanchangetheresolutionoftheweighingresult(e.g.tospeeduptheweighingoperation),workwithidentifications,etc.Sinceyoualreadyknowaboutthesepossibilitiesfromthe“Weighing”application(Section7.3),theyarenotexplainedagainhere.

13.4.1 Dynamic weighing with automatic start

Settings

Toperformadynamicweighingwithautomaticstart,youmusthaveactivatedthe“AutoStart”functionandspecifiedthecorrespondingminimumweight(Section13.3.4).Nospecialfunctionkeysneedbeactivated,butwerecommendyoutoswitchonthe“ID”functionkeyifyouwanttoassignanidentificationtoeachsample.Bothoftherequiredinformationfields,“AutoStart”and“Status”arealreadyactivatedatthefactory(Section13.3.7).

Performing the weighing

Makesurethatthe“Status”informationfieldisdisplaying“Ready”.Ifitisdisplaying“Not ready”,waituntilthedisplayisstableandthestatuschangesto“Ready”.If“Please Zero”isdisplayed,pressthe«G»key.

Ifyouworkwithaweighingcontainer,placethecontainerontheweighingpanandpressthe«H»keytotarethebalance.Ifyouwanttogivetheweighingobjectanidentifica-tion,pressthe“ID”functionkeyandenterthedesiredidentification.(Alternativelyyoucanreadtheidentificationinwithachipscanner.)

Placetheweighingobjectonthebalance.Theweightoftheweighingobjectmustbegreaterthantheweightshowninthe“AutoStart”informationfield,otherwisetheweighingcyclewillnotstartautomatically.Aftertheautomaticstart,thewindowshownatleftappears.

Whentheweighingisfinished,theresultisdisplayedalongwithaprompttoremovetheweighingobject.

Ifautomaticreportingof the individualvalues isactivated(Section13.3.9), theresultoftheweighingisprintedoutautomatically.Toprinttheweighingresultmanually,pressthe«F»key.

Whenyouremovetheweighingobject(andprovidedthe“AutoTare”functionisactivated)thedisplayisautomaticallyresettozero.Thebalanceisthenreadyforthenextweighing.

Page 124: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

The“DynamicWeighing”application

124

13.4.2 Dynamic weighing with manual start

Settings

Toperformadynamicweighingwithmanualstart,the“Step procedure”or“Quick pro-cedure”functionmustbeactivated(Section13.3.4).The“Start”functionkeymustalsobeactivated.Bothoftheinformationfields“AutoStart”and“Status”areactivatedatthefactory(Sec-tion13.3.7).Note:The“Status”informationfieldisnotneededfordynamicweighingwithmanualstartsincetheapplicationisalways“Ready”.

Performing the weighing

Ifyouworkwithaweighingcontainer,placethecontainerontheweighingpanandpressthe«H»keytotarethebalance.Ifyouwanttogivetheweighingobjectanidentifica-tion,pressthe“ID”functionkeyandenterthedesiredidentification.(Alternatively,youcanreadtheidentificationinwithachipscanner).

– Ifyouselectedthe“Step procedure”function: Pressthe“Start”functionkey.Ifthe“AutoTare”functionisactivated,thedisplayisau-

tomaticallysettozero.Youwillthenbepromptedtoplacetheweighingobjectonthebalance.Whenyouhavedonethis,pressthe“OK”buttontostartthemeasurement.

– Ifyouselectedthe“Quick procedure”function: Placetheobjecttobeweighedonthebalanceandpressthe“Start”functionkey.The

measurementstartsimmediately.

Whentheweighingisfinished,theresultisdisplayedalongwithaprompttoremovetheweighingobject.

Ifautomaticreportingofindividualvaluesisactivated(Section13.3.9),theresultoftheweighingisprintedoutautomatically.Toprintouttheweighingresultmanually,pressthe«F»key.

Removetheweighingobjectandconfirmwith“OK”(notnecessaryforthe“Quickproce-dure”function).Thebalanceisthenreadyforthenextweighing.

13.4.3 Recording statistics of dynamic weighingSettings

To record statistics of dynamic weighing, the statistics function must be activated (Sec-tion13.3.12).Youshouldalsoactivatethefunctionkeysshownatleft(Section13.3.2).

Using the statistics

Withthestatisticsfunctionactivated,allweighingresultsareautomaticallytransferredtothestatistics(upto999values).Ifanincorrectresultisincludedinthestatisticsbymistake,youcanremoveitwiththe“CL Last”functionkey.However,youcanonlyremovethe last result thatwas included.Afteryouhave removed the incorrect result, thekeybecomesinactiveandonlyfunctionsagainafterthenextresulthasbeentransferredtothestatistics.

Page 125: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

The“DynamicWeighing”application

125

13.4.4 Example of a dynamic weighing reportShownatleftisanexampleofareportofstatisticalvaluesforaseriesofdynamicweigh-ings.Thevalueswhichareincludedintheheaderline,asindividualvalues,andinthefooter,dependonyourindividualreportsettings(Section13.3.8).

Thefollowingexplanationsrelateonlytothespecific items of information for dynamic weighing andtheassociatedstatisticalvaluescontainedintheexamplereportshownatleft.YouwillfindexplantationsoftheotherinformationitemsinthereportinSection7.2.7:

“dw”: Resultsoftheindividualweighings(“dw”=dynamicweighing).

“n”: Numberofindividualweighingsincludedinthestatistics.

“x”: Average(mean)weightofallweighingsincludedinthestatistics.Themeanisreportedwitharesolution10timeshigherthanfortheindividualmeasurements.

“s”: Standarddeviationof theseries.Thesamecomment regardingtheresolutionappliesasfor“x”above.

“s.rel”: Relativestandarddeviationoftheseries(inpercent).Thevalueisalwaysreportedwith2decimalplaces.

“Min”: Lowestvaluedeterminedinthecurrentmeasurementseries.

“Max”: Highestvaluedeterminedinthecurrentmeasurementseries.

“Diff”: Differencebetweenthelowestandhighestvaluesinthecurrentmeasurementseries.

“Sum”: Accumulatedweightofallindividualmeasurementswhichhavebeensaved.

Important information for interpretation of the reported results

Thevaluesof“x”and“s”arecalculatedresultswhichareshownwithahigherresolutionthantheindividualvalues.Forsmallseriesofmeasurements(<approx.10measurementvalues),andmeasurementserieswithsmalldeviations,thesignificanceofthelastdecimalplacecannotbeguaranteed.YouwillfindtheformulasusedforcalculatingthesevaluesinSection8.4.4.

--- Dynamic Weighing ---31.Aug 2004 15:47Balance Type XS6002SXWeighBridge SNR: 1234567890 Terminal SNR: 1234567890

dw 30.61 g dw 31.34 g dw 30.65 g dw 30.21 g dw 31.06 g

n 5 x 30.774 g s 0.437 g s.rel 1.42 % Min 30.21 g Max 31.34 g Diff 1.13 g Sum 153.87 g

Signature

........................

Youcanpressthe“Result”functionkeytoopenthestatisticswindow.(Thekeyisonlyavailableiftherearevaluesinthestatistics,otherwiseitisshowndimmedandcannotbeoperated.)

Youcanprint thestatisticsbypressing the«F»key.Youwillfindexplanationsof theindividualvaluesinSection13.4.4.

Ifyouwanttoterminatethecurrentweighingseriesandclearthestatisticsreadyforanewseries,pressthe“CL Result”functionkey.Forsafety,youwillbeaskedforconfirma-tionbeforethestatisticsarefinallydeleted.Note:Ifthekeyisshowndimmed,therearenovaluesinthestatistics.

Page 126: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

The“LabXClient”application

126

14 The application “LabX Client” (XS-Ex2modelsonly)

Thissectionprovidesanintroductiontothe“LabXClient”application.Itprovidesinformationonstartingtheapplicationandthesettingoptions(forinformationonnon-application-specificsystemsettings,seesection6).

14.1 Introduction to the “LabX Client” applicationThe“LabXClient”applicationregistersyourbalanceasaclientinthe“LabX balance” PC application (“LabX light balance” or “LabX pro balance”).“LabXbalance”enablesthedefinitionofcompletedialog-controlledworkprocessesforthebalance,andcanbeusedtostoreandmanagemeasuredvaluesandadditionaldatainadatabaseonthePC.

Assoonasyouhavestartedtheapplication,thebalanceestablishescontactwith“LabXbalance”andfollowingsuccessfullogon,thePCapplicationassumescontrolofthebalance.Thebalancescreenthendisplaystheusernavigationfor“LabXbalance”.

The “LabX balance” PC software is not covered in these instructions. For more information on working with this software, see the separate operating instructions for “LabX balance”.

Sinceyourbalanceiscontrolledasa“LabXClient”bythePCsoftware,“LabXClient”onlyhasafewapplication-specificsettings.

14.2 Selecting the applicationIfthe“LabXClient”applicationisnotalreadyactive,pressthe«I»key.Choosetheiconfortheapplicationintheselectionwindow.

Oncetheapplicationhasbeenselected,thebalancetriestoestablishcontactwiththe“LabXbalance”softwareonthePC.Iflogonissuccessful,theusernavigationfor“LabXbalance”isdisplayed.For all further instructions, refer to the operating instructions for “LabX balance”.

I

Page 127: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

Softwareupdates

127

15 Software updatesMETTLERTOLEDOiscontinuouslyimprovingitssoftwareforthebenefitofcustomers.Sothatyou,thecustomer,canbenefitquicklyandeasilyfromfurtherdevelopments,METTLERTOLEDOmakesthelatestsoftwareversionsavailableontheinternet.ThesoftwaremadeavailableontheinternethasbeendevelopedbyMettler-ToledoGmbHusingprocessesthatmeettheguidelinesofISO9001.Mettler-ToledoGmbHdoesnot,however,acceptliabilityforconsequencesthatmightarisefromusingthesoftware.

15.1 Operating principleYouwillfindalltherelevantinformationandupdatesforyourbalanceontheMETTLERTOLEDOwebsiteatthefollowingaddress:

www.mt.com/balance-support

Werecommendthatyoucreateabookmarkforthisaddressinyourwebbrowser,sothatyoucanaccessthesitedirectlyinfuture.

Thebalancesoftwareisloadedontoyourcomputeralongwiththeso-called“e-LoaderII”.Youcanusethisprogramtodownloadthesoftwaretothebalance.The“e-LoaderII”canalsosavethesettingsinyourbalancebeforethenewsoftwareisdownloadedtoit.Youcanreloadthesavedsettingsintothebalanceafterthesoftwaredownloading.

Iftheselectedupdateincludesanapplicationthatisnotdescribedintheseinstructions(orthathasbeenupdatedinthemeantime)youcandownloadthecorrespondinginstructionsinAdobeAcrobat®PDFformat.YouwillneedAdobeAcrobatReader®,whichisalreadyinstalledonmanycomputers,toopenPDFdocuments(e.g.fromwww.adobe.com).

ThefollowingSectionsofferdetailedinformationonobtainingsoftwareupdatesfromtheinternetanddownloadingsoftwareintothebalance.

15.2 RequirementsTheminimumrequirementsforobtainingapplicationsfromtheinternetanddownloadingthemintoyourbalanceareasfollows:

– PCwithMicrosoftWindows®operatingsystem(Version98,98SE,ME,NT4.0,2000orXP)

– Internetconnectionandwebbrowser

– PC–balanceconnectioncable(RS232cable,9-pinsub-Dplugm/f,ordernumber11101051)

15.3 Loading software updates from the internetThefirststepistodownloadthesoftwarefromtheinternetontoyourcomputer:

Connecttotheinternet.

Inyourbrowser,select“www.mt.com/balance-support”astheinternetaddress,andthenclickthe“Software”link.

Clickontheappropriateupdatepackageforyourbalance.

Entertheinformationrequiredforregistration.

Loadthesoftwarepackageontoyourcomputer.

Beforeyouinstallthe“e-LoaderII”softwareprogram,pleasereadSection15.4.

Page 128: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

Softwareupdates

128

15.4 Loading the new software into the balance/weighing platform

Beforeyoucanloadthesoftwareobtainedfromtheinternetintothebalance,youmustconnectthebalancethroughtheRS232cabletotheserialinterfaceofyourcomputer.Note:ThecablemustalwaysbeconnectedtotheRS232C interface that is permanently fitted at the factory!

Settheinterfaceonthebalancetothefollowingvalues(detailedinformationonthesesystemsettingscanbefoundinSection6.6).Select“Host”astheperipheraldevice,andthensetthefollowingcommunicationparameters:baud rate: 9600, parity: 8 bits/none, handshake: none, end of line: <CR><LF>, character set: ANSI/WIN.

Makesurethatthecorrespondingcommunicationparametersonyourcomputeraresettothesamevalues.

Startthe“e-LoaderIIVXXX”installationprogramthatyouobtainfromtheinternet(“XXX”isaplaceholderfortheversionnumber).Thisprograminstallsthee-Loaderonyourcomputer.

Followtheinstructions,whichwilltakeyoustep-by-stepthroughtheinstallation.

Thee-LoaderIIwillstartautomaticallyafterinstallation.Thisdiagramillustratesthestartingscreenforthee-LoaderII.

Youareaskedtoselect the interface on the computer towhich thebalance iscon-nected(ifnecessary,thissettingcanbechangedatanylatertimeinthe“Options”–>“COMPort”menu).

Havingselectedtheinterface,click“Proceed”.Amessagewindowappears,remindingyouthatthestandardRS232Cinterfaceonthebalanceistobeused.Theinterfacesettingsarealsolistedonceagain(seeabove).Closethewindowbyclickingon“OK”.

Underthefactorysettings,thee-LoaderIIguidesyouthroughtheupdatingprocessusingEnglishasthelanguage.Ifyouwish,youcanenterthe“Options”–>“Language”menutoselectoneoftheotheravailablelanguages.Thee-LoaderIIwillthendisplayalltheinstructionsandnotesinthelanguagethatyouhavechosen.ThefollowingdiagramsandinformationarebasedontheEnglishversion.

Beforeyouupdatethesoftwareofyourbalance,pleasecheckinthe“Help”menuthatthecommunicationwiththebalanceisfunctioning.(Intheexampleshownhere,thee-LoaderIIisconfirmingthatabalanceisconnected.)

Ifthee-LoaderIIreportsthatabalanceisnotconnected,firstcheckwhetherthecorrectinterface,withtherightsetting,hasbeenselected,andthen,ifnecessary,checkthatthecommunicationsettingsofthecomputerandthebalancecorrespond.

Page 129: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

Softwareupdates

129

Youcanbegintheupdatingprocessonceyouhavemadethenecessarysettingsandcheckedthattheconnectionisoperating.Clickon“StartSoftwareUpdateProcedure”todothis.Followtheinstructionsprovidedbye-LoaderII;thesewillguideyoustep-by-stepthroughtheupdatingprocess.e-LoaderIIwillaskyouwhetheryouwanttosavethecurrentbalancesettingsonyourcomputer.Werecommendthatyoucarryoutthisdatabackup.Thiswillsaveyoufromhavingtoenterallthesettingsagain,sincetheywillallbereturnedtothefactorysettingsinthecourseoftheupdate.Attheendoftheupdatingprocedure,e-LoaderIIwillaskwhetherthesaveddatashouldbereloadedbackintothebalance.

Beforeyoustarttheactualupdatingoperation,youhavethepossibilitytodefineaSecure IDtoprotectthebalanceagainstunauthorizedsoftwareupdatingoperations.Todothis,clickonthe“CreateSecure-ID”button.Ifyoudonotwishtousethisfunction,clickon“Continue”.

TheSecureIDisbalance-specificandsavedinthebalance.PleasemakeanoteoftheSecureIDandkeepitinasafeplace.IfyouforgettheSecureID,nofurtherupdatescanbemadetothebalance.

Definethe“SecureID”andconfirmitbyenteringitagaininthefieldprovided.Thenclickon“Continue”.

Thebalancenowdisplaysalistoftheupdateswhichhavebeenperformed.Inthiswindowyoucanenterauseridentification“User ID”sothatitissubsequentlypossibletotracewhoperformedthesoftwareupdatingoperation.

Clickon“Continue”tostarttheupdatingoperation.

Thebalancesoftwareconsistsofaterminalsoftwareandaweighing-platformsoftware.Aftertheterminalsoftwarehasbeenloaded,updatingoftheweighing-platformsoftwarebegins.Here,too,youcandefineaSecureIDandenteraUserID.

Changing the Secure ID:TheSecureIDcanbechangedwhenanewsoftwareupdatingoperationisstarted.Todoso,clickonthe“ChangeSecureID”field.YoucannowenteranewSecureID.Ifyouleavethefieldempty,theSecureIDisdeletedandnolongeractive.

Whentheupdatingprocesshasbeencompleted,youcanclosee-LoaderII.Yourbalancewillnowoperatewiththenewlyloadedsoftware.

Page 130: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

Softwareupdates

130

15.5 Saving and reloading balance settingsAswellasbalancesoftwareupdates,e-LoaderIIalsooffersadatabackupfunctionwherebythecurrentbalancesettingscanbecopiedtoaPC.Thismeansthatyouhaveabackupcopyofyoursettingsavailableatalltimes.Ifnecessary,youcancopythisbackintothebalance.Thefunctioncanalsobeusedtocopythesettingsfromonebalancetoanother.

InordertosavethecurrentbalancesettingsonaPC,starte-LoaderIIandcallupthedatabackupfunction,asshowninthediagramhere.

Thedialogboxoppositepromptsyoutoselectthepathforsavingthebackupfilethroughthe“Browse” button. e-Loader II suggests a combination of the current date and thecurrenttimeasanameforthebackupfile,andthefileextension“.dat”.(Forexample:“2003_08_19_12_06.dat”forbackupfilethatwascreatedonthe12thAugust2003at12.06.)Youarefreetoalterthefilename,ifyouwish,butnotthe“.dat”extension.

Clickon“Start”tobeginthedatabackup.Successfulcompletionofthebackupiscon-firmedonthedisplay.

TocopythebalancesettingsfromthePCbackintothebalance,callthereloadfunction,asillustratedhere.

Havingstartedthereloadfunctionyoucanselect,viathe“Browse”button,thesettingsfilethatistobeloadedbackintothebalance,afterwhichyoucanbeginthetransferprocesswith“Start”.Bear in mind that this will cause all the settings saved in the balance to be overwritten!

Page 131: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

Errorandstatusmessages

131

16 Error and status messages

16.1 Error messages occurring during normal operationMosterrormessagesappearinplaintextdirectlyintherespectiveapplication,andusuallyaccompaniedbyatextdescribinghowtocorrecttheerror.Errormessagesofthistypeareself-explanatoryandthereforenotmentionedbelow.

Thefollowingerrormessagescanappearinsteadoftheweighingresult:

Overload

Theweightonthepanexceedstheweighingcapacityofthebalance.Reducetheweightontheweighingpan.

Underload

Ensurethattheweighingpaniscorrectlyinplace,canmovefreely,anddoesnotcatchonthedraftcover.

Error when switching on or zeroing G(weightdisplayflashes)

Whenthebalancewasswitchedon(i.e.when itwasconnected to thepowersupply,switchedonfromstandbymodeorbyzeroadjustment)oneormorelimitswereexceeded.Theusualreasonforthismessagetoappeariswhenthereisaweightontheweighingpanwhenthebalanceisswitchedon.Removetheweight.

Taring or zeroing was interrupted

Ataringorzeroingoperationwasabortedbecauseastableresultwasnotobtaineddur-ingthesettlingtime.Closethedoorsofthedraftshieldandchecktheworkinglocation(drafts,vibrations).Press“OK”andrepeatthetaring/zeroing.

16.2 Further error messagesIfanyerrormessagesappear(“Errorx”)otherthanthosedescribedabove,pleasecontactyourMETTLERTOLEDOdealer.

Page 132: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

Errorandstatusmessages

132

16.3 Status messagesStatusmessagesaredisplayedbymeansofsmallicons(symbols)inthetoprightofthedisplay(closetothedateortime,seeSec-tion5.2).Thestatusiconsindicatethefollowing:

ThebalancewouldliketocarryoutafullyautomaticFACT adjustmentbutisunablebecauseanotheroperatingsequenceisrunning.Theadjustmentiscarriedoutassoonasthebalanceisunloaded,thedisplaybecomesstableandnokeyhasbeenpressedfor2minutes(Section7.4.1).Thestatusicondisappearsaftertheadjust-mentissuccessfullycompleted.Thisstatusiconappearsifthe“CalInfo”functionisactive(Section6.3.1)andanadjustmentisrequired.Inthiscase,theadjustmentmustbestartedmanuallywiththeinternalorexternaladjustmentweight(Sections7.4.2and7.4.3).Aftersuccessfulcompletionoftheadjustment,thestatusicondisappears.

The batteryinyourbalancemustbereplaced.Thisbatteryensuresthatthedateandtimearenotlostwhenthebalanceisdisconnectedfromthenetwork.Contactyourdealer’sservicedepartmentassoonaspossibletohaveaservicetechnicianchangethebattery.

Yourbalanceisdueforservicing.Contactyourdealer’scustomerservicedepartmentassoonaspossibletohaveatechnicianserviceyourbalance.

Page 133: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

ReinigungundService

133

17 Cleaning and serviceEverynowandthen,cleantheweighingpan,draftshieldelement,draftshield(dependingonthemodel),housingofyourbalance/weighingplatformusingadampcloth.

Yourbalance/weighingplatformismadefromhigh-quality,durablematerialsandcanthereforebecleanedwithastandard,mildcleaningagent.

Please observe the following notes

– Balances located in the hazardous area must be damp-cleaned topreventtheriskofsparkformationthroughdryrubbingonplasticparts.

– Neverusecleaningagentsthatcontainsolventsorabrasiveingredients.

– Makesurethatnoliquidpenetratesthebalance/weighingplatform.

– Neveropenthebalance/weighingplatformorACadapter.Theydonotcontainanypartsthatcanbecleaned,repairedorreplacedbytheuser.

Note:Thisalsoappliestothebuilt-inclockbatteryinthebalance/weighingplatform.

PleasecontactyourMETTLERTOLEDOdealerfordetailsoftheavailableserviceoptions.Regularservicingbyanauthorizedserviceengineerensuresconstantaccuracyforyearstocomeandprolongstheservicelifeofyourbalance/weighingplatform.

Page 134: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

ReinigungundService

134

A

BB

17.1 Cleaning the draft shieldRemovethefollowingparts:

– Weighingpan,draft-shieldelement

– Liftthedraftshieldoffthebalanceandplaceitonacleansurface.

– Removethebottomplate.

– Pushalltheglassesbackasfarastheywillgo.

– Turnthecover(A)tothefront.

– Pull the top glass toward the back andoff.

– Pullthesideglassestowardthebackandoff.

Note: Alwaysholdthe2parallelguidedglasses(sideglassesand top glasses) together with one hand (illustrationsbelow).

– Cleanallpartsthenreassemblethedraftshieldinthereverseorder.

Insert glasses:

Note: Alwaysholdthe2parallelguided glasses (side glassesandtopglasses) together and parallel with one hand(illustra-tions below). The side glassesmustnotbeplacedoustsidetheprojections(B).

Page 135: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

Technicaldataandaccessories

135

18 Technical data and accessoriesInthisSectionyouwillfindthemostimportanttechnicaldataforyourbalance.AccessoriesfromtheMETTLERTOLEDOrangeincreasethefunctionalityofyourbalanceandopenupadditionalareasofapplication.InthisSectionyouwillfindalistoftheoptionscurrentlyavailable.

18.1 General dataTechnical data AC adapter PSX2,11132730(external) Dimensions:......................... 235x80x60mm Holedistance:...................... 214x62mm(centermountingholes) Weight:................................ 1.42kg Linevoltage:......................... 230V±10%,0.1A,50/60Hz/115V(±10%),0.2A,50/60Hz(country-specific) Fuses:.................................. Primary:T125L250V(230VVersion)/T250L250V(115VVersion) Secondary:T500L250V Electricaldata:..................... U0≤13.5V,I0≤1.2A,P0≤6W C0≤213nF,L0≤10µH,rectangularcharacteristics Teststandards:..................... IECEN61010-1,IECEN60950-1,CAN/CSA-C22.2No.61010-1,ULStdNo.61010A-1, EN61326+A1+A2+A3(ClassB+Industrialenvironments),FCCPart15(ClassA),

AS/NZSCISPR22,AS/NZS61000.4.3 ATEX:EN60079-15,IEC60079-15

Classification....................... II3GEExnA[nL]IICT5 Applicationrange:................ •Foruseonlyinclosedinteriorrooms •Exhazardousaerea,Zone2 Overvoltagecategoriy:.......... ClassII Degreeofpollution:.............. 2 Degreeofprotectionhousing:.. IP65 Highabovemeansealevel:... Upto4000m Ambienttemperature:........... -10to+40°C

Relativeairhumidity:............ Max.80%at31°C,linearlydecreasingto50%bei40°C,noncondensingHousingmaterials:............... Die-castaluminium,laquered

Technical data balance / weighing platform:• Protection and standards: Overvoltagecategoriy:.......... ClassII Degreeofpollution:.............. 2 Electricaldata:..................... Ui≤13.5V,Ii≤1.2A,Pi≤6W,Ci=0nF,Li=0µH Teststandards:..................... IECEN61010-1,CAN/CSA-C22.2No.61010-1,ULStdNo.61010A-1, EN61326+A1+A2+A3(ClassB+Industrialenvironments),FCCPart15(ClassA),

AS/NZS4251.1,AS/NZS610004252.1 ATEX:EN60079-15,IEC60079-15

Classification:....................... II3GEExnLIICT5 Degreeofprotection:.............. IP44 Verwendungsbereich:........... •Foruseonlyinclosedandcleaninteriorrooms •Exhazardousaerea,Zone2• Environmental conditions Highabovemeansealevel:... Upto4000m Ambienttemperature:........... +5to+40°C Relativeairhumidity:............ Max.80%at31°C,linearlydecreasingto50%bei40°C,noncondensing• Materials Platformhousing:................ Die-castaluminium,laquered,plasticandchromesteel Terminalhousing:................ Die-castzinc,chromedandplastics Weighingpan:..................... Chrome-nickelsteel(S+Mplatform:X2CrNiMo-17-12-2,Lplatform:X5CrNi18-10) Draftshield:......................... Aluminium,plastic,chromesteelandglas Draftshieldelement:............ Die-castzinc,chromed(10mgmodels,S-platform) ChromesteelX2CrNiMo17132(0.1mgmodels)

Page 136: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

Technicaldataandaccessories

136

18.2 Model-specific data of the Excellence XS-Ex2 precision balances

18.2.1 XS-Ex2 precision balances with readability of 0.1 mg / 1 mg, S platform with draft shield

Technical data (limit values)Model XS204SX XS603SX XS1003SX XS5003SXDR

Maximumload 210g 610g 1010g 5100g

Maximumload,finerange – – – 1000g

Readability 0.1mg 1mg 1mg 10mg

Readability,finerange – – – 1mg

Taringrange 0…210g 0…610g 0…1010g 0…5100g

Repeatability(sd) 0.2mg 0.9mg 0.8mg 6mg

Repeatability(sd),finerange – – – 1mg

Linearity 0.2mg 2mg 2mg 6mg

Eccentricloaddeviation(measuredat) 0.3mg(100g) 3mg(200g) 3mg(500g) 10mg(2kg)

Sensitivityoffset 5x10-6∙Rnt 1.5x10-6∙Rnt 5x10-6∙Rnt 4x10-6∙Rnt

Sensitivitytemperaturedrift1) 1.5x10-6/ºC∙Rnt 2x10-6/ºC∙Rnt 2x10-6/ºC∙Rnt 3x10-6/ºC∙Rnt

Sensitivitystability2) 2.5x10-6/a∙Rnt 1x10-5/a∙Rnt 1x10-5/a∙Rnt 1.5x10-5/ºC∙Rnt

Settlingtime 2s 1.2s 1.5s 2s

Interfaceupdaterate 23/s 23/s 23/s 23/s

nternaladjustmentweigths3) 1 1 1 1

Balancedimensions(WxDxH)[mm] 214x366x363 214x366x363 214x366x363 214x366x363

Usableheighofdraftshield[mm] 248 248 248 248

Weighingpandimensions[mm] Ø90 127x127 127x127 127x127

Weight[kg] 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1

Typical dataModel XS204SX XS603SX XS1003SX XS5003SXDR

Repeatability(sd)typical 0.12mg+1.5x10-7∙Rgr0.5mg+5x10-7∙Rgr 0.4mg+2x10-7∙Rgr 4mg+2x10-7∙Rgr

Differentialnonlinearity(sd)typical √(6x10-12g∙Rnt) √(2x10-10g∙Rnt) √(1.2x10-10g∙Rnt) √(5x10-11g∙Rnt)

Differentialeccentricloaddeviation(sd)typical 4x10-7∙Rnt 1.5x10-6∙Rnt 6x10-7∙Rnt 1.5x10-7∙Rnt

Sensitivityoffset(sd)typical 1x10-6∙Rnt 2.5x10-6∙Rnt 1.5x10-6∙Rnt 1x10-6∙Rnt

Minimumweight4)(accordingtoUSP),typical 360mg+4.5x10-4∙Rgr1.5g+1.5x10-3∙Rgr 1.2g+6x10-4∙Rgr 12g+6x10-4∙Rgr

Minimumweight4)(acc.toUSP)finerange,typ. – – – 1.8g+6x10-4∙Rgr

Minimumweight4)(1%,2sd)typical 24mg+3x10-5∙Rgr 100mg+1x10-4∙Rgr 80mg+4x10-5∙Rgr 800mg+4x10-5∙Rgr

Minimumweight4)(1%,2sd)finerange,typ – – – 120mg+4x10-5∙Rgr

Rgr = GrossweightRnt = Netweight(sampleweight)sd = Standarddeviationa = Year(annum)1) Inthetemperaturerange10…30°C2) Sensitivitydrift/yearafterputtingintooperationforthefirsttime,withtheFACTself-calibrationfunctionactivated3) TheadjustmentweightsoftheXSprecisionbalancesaremadefromstainlessantimagneticchrome-nickelsteel.

ThemassesoftheadjustmentweightsaretraceabletotheprototypekilogramwhichisthestandardunitofmasskeptinParis.4) Theminimumweightcanbeimprovedbythefollowingmeasures:

– Selectingsuitableweighingparameters – Choosingabetterlocation – Usingsmallertaringcontainers

Page 137: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

Technicaldataandaccessories

137

18.2.2 XS-Ex2 precision balances with readability of 10 mg / 0.1 g, S platform

Technical data (limit values)Model XS4002SX XS6002SX XS4001SX

Maximumload 4100g 6100g 4100g

Maximumload,finerange – – –

Readability 10mg 10mg 100mg

Readability,finerange – – –

Taringrange 0…4100g 0…6100g 0…4100g

Repeatability(sd) 8mg 8mg 80mg

Repeatability(sd),finerange – – –

Linearity 20mg 20mg 60mg

Eccentricloaddeviation(measuredat) 30mg(2kg) 30mg(2kg) 200mg(2kg)

Sensitivityoffset 1.5x10-5∙Rnt 1x10-5∙Rnt 6x10-5∙Rnt

Sensitivitytemperaturedrift1) 3x10-6/ºC∙Rnt 3x10-6/ºC∙Rnt 1.5x10-5/ºC∙Rnt

Sensitivitystability2) 1.5x10-5/a∙Rnt 1.5x10-5/a∙Rnt 5x10-5/a∙Rnt

Settlingtime 1.2s 1.2s 0.8s

Interfaceupdaterate 23/s 23/s 23/s

nternaladjustmentweigths3) 1 1 1

Balancedimensions(WxDxH)[mm] 194x366x96 194x366x96 194x366x96

Draftshield Draftshieldelement Draftshieldelement –

Weighingpandimensions[mm] 170x205 170x205 190x223

Weight[kg] 6.9 6.9 6.4

Typical dataModel XS4002SX XS6002SX XS4001SX

Repeatability(sd)typical 4mg+5x10-7∙Rgr 4mg+3x10-7∙Rgr 40mg+5x10-6∙Rgr

Differentialnonlinearity(sd)typical √(3x10-9g∙Rnt) √(2x10-9g∙Rnt) √(2.5x10-8g∙Rnt)

Differentialeccentricloaddeviation(sd)typical 1.5x10-6∙Rnt 1.5x10-6∙Rnt 8x10-6∙Rnt

Sensitivityoffset(sd)typical 4x10-6∙Rnt 2.5x10-6∙Rnt 2x10-5∙Rnt

Minimumweight4)(accordingtoUSP),typical 12g+1.5x10-3∙Rgr 12g+9x10-3∙Rgr 120g+1.5x10-3∙Rgr

Minimumweight4)(acc.toUSP)finerange,typ. – – –

Minimumweight4)(1%,2sd)typical 800mg+1x10-4∙Rgr 800mg+6x10-5∙Rgr 8g+1x10-3∙Rgr

Minimumweight4)(1%,2sd)finerange,typ – – –

Rgr = GrossweightRnt = Netweight(sampleweight)sd = Standarddeviationa = Year(annum)1) Inthetemperaturerange10…30°C2) Sensitivitydrift/yearafterputtingintooperationforthefirsttime,withtheFACTself-calibrationfunctionactivated3) TheadjustmentweightsoftheXSprecisionbalancesaremadefromstainlessantimagneticchrome-nickelsteel.

ThemassesoftheadjustmentweightsaretraceabletotheprototypekilogramwhichisthestandardunitofmasskeptinParis.4) Theminimumweightcanbeimprovedbythefollowingmeasures:

– Selectingsuitableweighingparameters – Choosingabetterlocation – Usingsmallertaringcontainers

Page 138: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

Technicaldataandaccessories

138

18.2.3 XS-Ex2 precision balances with readability of 10 mg / 0.1 g, M platform

Technical data (limit values)Model XS6002MXDR XS6001MX XS12001MX

Maximumload 6100g 6100g 12100g

Maximumload,finerange 1200g – –

Readability 100mg 100mg 100mg

Readability,finerange 10mg – –

Taringrange 0…6100g 0…6100g 0…12100g

Repeatability(sd) 60mg 80mg 80mg

Repeatability(sd),finerange 10mg – –

Linearity 60mg 60mg 100mg

Eccentricloaddeviation(measuredat) 100mg(5kg) 200mg(2kg) 200mg(5kg)

Sensitivityoffset 2.5x10-5∙Rnt 4x10-5∙Rnt 5x10-5∙Rnt

Sensitivitytemperaturedrift1) 3x10-6/ºC∙Rnt 1.5x10-5/ºC∙Rnt 1.5x10-5/ºC∙Rnt

Sensitivitystability2) 1.5x10-5/a∙Rnt 5x10-5/a∙Rnt 5x10-5/a∙Rnt

Settlingtime 1.5s 1s 1.2s

Interfaceupdaterate 23/s 23/s 23/s

nternaladjustmentweigths3) 1 1 1

Balancedimensions(WxDxH)[mm] 240x393x110 240x393x110 240x393x110

Weighingpandimensions[mm] 237x237 237x237 237x237

Weight[kg] 8 8 8

Typical dataModel XS6002MXDR XS6001MX XS12001MX

Repeatability(sd)typical 40mg+1.5x10-6∙Rgr 40mg+3x10-6∙Rgr 40mg+1.5x10-6∙Rgr

Differentialnonlinearity(sd)typical √(2x10-9g∙Rnt) √(1.5x10-8g∙Rnt) √(2.5x10-8g∙Rnt)

Differentialeccentricloaddeviation(sd)typical 2.5x10-6∙Rnt 8x10-6∙Rnt 3x10-6∙Rnt

Sensitivityoffset(sd)typical 5x10-6∙Rnt 1.5x10-5∙Rnt 1.2x10-5∙Rnt

Minimumweight4)(accordingtoUSP),typical 120g+4.5x10-3∙Rgr 120g+9x10-3∙Rgr 120g+4.5x10-3∙Rgr

Minimumweight4)(acc.toUSP)finerange,typ. 18g+4.5x10-3∙Rgr – –

Minimumweight4)(1%,2sd)typical 8g+3x10-4∙Rgr 8g+6x10-4∙Rgr 8g+3x10-4∙Rgr

Minimumweight4)(1%,2sd)finerange,typ 1.2g+3x10-4∙Rgr – –

Rgr = GrossweightRnt = Netweight(sampleweight)sd = Standarddeviationa = Year(annum)1) Inthetemperaturerange10…30°C2) Sensitivitydrift/yearafterputtingintooperationforthefirsttime,withtheFACTself-calibrationfunctionactivated3) TheadjustmentweightsoftheXSprecisionbalancesaremadefromstainlessantimagneticchrome-nickelsteel.

ThemassesoftheadjustmentweightsaretraceabletotheprototypekilogramwhichisthestandardunitofmasskeptinParis.4) Theminimumweightcanbeimprovedbythefollowingmeasures:

– Selectingsuitableweighingparameters – Choosingabetterlocation – Usingsmallertaringcontainers

Page 139: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

Technicaldataandaccessories

139

18.2.4 XS-Ex2 precision balances with readability of 0.1 g / 1 g, L platform

Technical data (limit values)Model XS32001LX XS32000LX XS64001LX XS64000LX

Maximumload 32100g 32100g 64100g 64100g

Maximumload,finerange – – – –

Readability 0.1g 1g 0.1g 1g

Readability,finerange – – –

Taringrange 0…32100g 0…32100g 0…64100g 0…64100g

Repeatability(sd) 0.08g 0.6g 0.1g 0.6g

Repeatability(sd),finerange – – – –

Linearity 0.3g 0.6g 0.5g 0.6g

Eccentricloaddeviation(measuredat) 0.3g(10kg) 1g(10kg) 0.5g(20kg) 1g(20kg)

Sensitivityoffset 3x10-5∙Rnt 6x10-5∙Rnt 2x10-5∙Rnt 3x10-5∙Rnt

Sensitivitytemperaturedrift1) 1x10-5/°C∙Rnt 1.5x10-5/°C∙Rnt 1x10-5/°C∙Rnt 1.5x10-5/°C∙Rnt

Sensitivitystability2) 3x10-5/a∙Rnt 5x10-5/a∙Rnt 5x10-5/a∙Rnt 3x10-5/a∙Rnt

Settlingtime 1.5s 1.2s 1.8s 1.5s

Interfaceupdaterate 23/s 23/s 23/s 23/s

nternaladjustmentweigths3) 1 1 1 1

Balancedimensions(WxDxH)[mm] •Terminalattachedtothelongside 360x404x130 360x404x130 360x404x130 360x404x130•Terminalattachedtotheshortside 280x484x130 280x484x130 280x484x130 280x484x130

Weighingplatformdimensions(BxTxH)[mm] 280x360x130 280x360x130 280x360x130 280x360x130

Weighingpandimensions[mm] 280x360 280x360 280x360 280x360

Weight[kg] 12.4 12.4 14.1 14.1

Typical dataModel X32001LX X32000LX X64001LX X64000LX

Repeatability(sd)typical 40mg+6x10-7∙Rgr 400mg+3x10-6∙Rgr 40mg+6x10-7∙Rgr 400mg+3x10-6∙Rgr

Differentialnonlinearity(sd)typical √(3x10-7 g∙Rnt) √(1.2x10-7 g∙Rnt) √(4x10-7g∙Rnt) √(6x10-7g∙Rnt)

Differentialeccentricloaddeviation(sd)typical 1x10-5∙Rnt 3x10-5∙Rnt 8x10-6∙Rnt 1.5x10-5∙Rnt

Sensitivityoffset(sd)typical 5x10-6∙Rnt 1x10-5∙Rnt 3x10-6∙Rnt 5x10-6∙Rnt

Minimumweight4)(accordingtoUSP),typical 120g+1.8x10-3∙Rgr 1200g+9x10-3∙Rgr 120g+1.8x10-3∙Rgr 1200g+9x10-3∙Rgr

Minimumweight4)(acc.toUSP)finerange,typ. – – – –

Minimumweight4)(1%,2sd)typical 8g+1.2x10-4∙Rgr 80g+6x10-4∙Rgr 8g+1.2x10-4∙Rgr 80g+6x10-4∙Rgr

Minimumweight4)(1%,2sd)finerange,typ – – – –

Rgr = GrossweightRnt = Netweight(sampleweight)sd = Standarddeviationa = Year(annum)1) Inthetemperaturerange10…30°C2) Sensitivitydrift/yearafterputtingintooperationforthefirsttime,withtheFACTself-calibrationfunctionactivated3) TheadjustmentweightsoftheXSprecisionbalancesaremadefromstainlessantimagneticchrome-nickelsteel.

ThemassesoftheadjustmentweightsaretraceabletotheprototypekilogramwhichisthestandardunitofmasskeptinParis.4) Theminimumweightcanbeimprovedbythefollowingmeasures:

– Selectingsuitableweighingparameters – Choosingabetterlocation – Usingsmallertaringcontainers

Page 140: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

Technicaldataandaccessories

140

18.3 Model-specific data of the Excellence X-Ex2 precision weighing platforms

18.3.1 X-Ex2 precision weighing platform with readability of 0.1 mg / 1 mg, S platform with draft shield

Technical data (limit values)Model X204SX X603SX X1003SX X5003SXDR

Maximumload 210g 610g 1010g 5100g

Maximumload,finerange – – – 1000g

Readability 0.1mg 1mg 1mg 10mg

Readability,finerange – – – 1mg

Taringrange 0…210g 0…610g 0…1010g 0…5100g

Repeatability(sd) 0.2mg 0.9mg 0.8mg 6mg

Repeatability(sd),finerange – – – 1mg

Linearity 0.2mg 2mg 2mg 6mg

Eccentricloaddeviation(measuredat) 0.3mg(100g) 3mg(200g) 3mg(500g) 10mg(2kg)

Sensitivityoffset 5x10-6∙Rnt 1.5x10-6∙Rnt 5x10-6∙Rnt 4x10-6∙Rnt

Sensitivitytemperaturedrift1) 1.5x10-6/ºC∙Rnt 2x10-6/ºC∙Rnt 2x10-6/ºC∙Rnt 3x10-6/ºC∙Rnt

Sensitivitystability2) 2.5x10-6/a∙Rnt 1x10-5/a∙Rnt 1x10-5/a∙Rnt 1.5x10-5/ºC∙Rnt

Settlingtime 2s 1.2s 1.5s 2s

Interfaceupdaterate 23/s 23/s 23/s 23/s

nternaladjustmentweigths3) 1 1 1 1

Dimensions(WxDxH)[mm] 214x260x363 194x257x276 194x257x276 194x257x276

Usableheighofdraftshield[mm] 248 248 248 248

Weighingpandimensions[mm] Ø90 127x127 127x127 127x127

Weight[kg] 7 7 7 7

Typical dataModel X204SX X603SX X1003SX X5003SXDR

Repeatability(sd)typical 0.12mg+1.5x10-7∙Rgr0.4mg+2x10-7∙Rgr 0.4mg+2.5x10-7∙Rgr 4mg+2x10-7∙Rgr

Differentialnonlinearity(sd)typical √(6x10-12g∙Rnt) √(2x10-10g∙Rnt) √(1.2x10-10g∙Rnt) √(5x10-11g∙Rnt)

Differentialeccentricloaddeviation(sd)typical 4x10-7∙Rnt 1.5x10-6∙Rnt 6x10-7∙Rnt 1.5x10-7∙Rnt

Sensitivityoffset(sd)typical 1x10-6∙Rnt 2.5x10-6∙Rnt 1.5x10-6∙Rnt 1x10-6∙Rnt

Minimumweight4)(accordingtoUSP),typical 360mg+4.5x10-4∙Rgr1.2g+6x10-4∙Rgr 1.2g+7.5x10-4∙Rgr 12g+6x10-4∙Rgr

Minimumweight4)(acc.toUSP)finerange,typ. – – – 1.8g+6x10-4∙Rgr

Minimumweight4)(1%,2sd)typical 24mg+3x10-5∙Rgr 100mg+1x10-4∙Rgr 80mg+4x10-5∙Rgr 800mg+4x10-5∙Rgr

Minimumweight4)(1%,2sd)finerange,typ – – – 120mg+4x10-5∙Rgr

Rgr = GrossweightRnt = Netweight(sampleweight)sd = Standarddeviationa = Year(annum)1) Inthetemperaturerange10…30°C2) Sensitivitydrift/yearafterputtingintooperationforthefirsttime,withtheFACTself-calibrationfunctionactivated3) TheadjustmentweightsoftheXSprecisionbalancesaremadefromstainlessantimagneticchrome-nickelsteel.

ThemassesoftheadjustmentweightsaretraceabletotheprototypekilogramwhichisthestandardunitofmasskeptinParis.4) Theminimumweightcanbeimprovedbythefollowingmeasures:

– Selectingsuitableweighingparameters – Choosingabetterlocation – Usingsmallertaringcontainers

Page 141: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

Technicaldataandaccessories

141

18.3.2 X-Ex2 precision weighing platform with readability of 10 mg / 0.1 g, S platform

Technical data (limit values)Model X4002SX X6002SX X4001SX

Maximumload 4100g 6100g 4100g

Maximumload,finerange – – –

Readability 10mg 10mg 100mg

Readability,finerange – – –

Taringrange 0…4100g 0…6100g 0…4100g

Repeatability(sd) 8mg 8mg 80mg

Repeatability(sd),finerange – – –

Linearity 20mg 20mg 60mg

Eccentricloaddeviation(measuredat) 30mg(2kg) 30mg(2kg) 200mg(2kg)

Sensitivityoffset 1.5x10-5∙Rnt 1x10-5∙Rnt 6x10-5∙Rnt

Sensitivitytemperaturedrift1) 3x10-6/ºC∙Rnt 3x10-6/ºC∙Rnt 1.5x10-5/ºC∙Rnt

Sensitivitystability2) 1.5x10-5/a∙Rnt 1.5x10-5/a∙Rnt 5x10-5/a∙Rnt

Settlingtime 1.2s 1.2s 0.8s

Interfaceupdaterate 23/s 23/s 23/s

nternaladjustmentweigths3) 1 1 1

Dimensions(WxDxH)[mm] 194x257x96 194x257x96 194x257x96

Draftshield Draftshieldelement Draftshieldelement –

Weighingpandimensions[mm] 170x205 170x205 190x223

Weight[kg] 5.9 5.9 5.4

Typical dataModel X4002SX X6002S X4001SX

Repeatability(sd)typical 4mg+5x10-7∙Rgr 4mg+3x10-7∙Rgr 40mg+5x10-6∙Rgr

Differentialnonlinearity(sd)typical √(3x10-9g∙Rnt) √(2x10-9g∙Rnt) √(2.5x10-8g∙Rnt)

Differentialeccentricloaddeviation(sd)typical 1.5x10-6∙Rnt 1.5x10-6∙Rnt 8x10-6∙Rnt

Sensitivityoffset(sd)typical 4x10-6∙Rnt 2.5x10-6∙Rnt 2x10-5∙Rnt

Minimumweight4)(accordingtoUSP),typical 12g+1.5x10-3∙Rgr 12g+9x10-3∙Rgr 120g+1.5x10-3∙Rgr

Minimumweight4)(acc.toUSP)finerange,typ. – – –

Minimumweight4)(1%,2sd)typical 800mg+1x10-4∙Rgr 800mg+6x10-5∙Rgr 8g+1x10-3∙Rgr

Minimumweight4)(1%,2sd)finerange,typ – – –

Rgr = GrossweightRnt = Netweight(sampleweight)sd = Standarddeviationa = Year(annum)1) Inthetemperaturerange10…30°C2) Sensitivitydrift/yearafterputtingintooperationforthefirsttime,withtheFACTself-calibrationfunctionactivated3) TheadjustmentweightsoftheXSprecisionbalancesaremadefromstainlessantimagneticchrome-nickelsteel.

ThemassesoftheadjustmentweightsaretraceabletotheprototypekilogramwhichisthestandardunitofmasskeptinParis.4) Theminimumweightcanbeimprovedbythefollowingmeasures:

– Selectingsuitableweighingparameters – Choosingabetterlocation – Usingsmallertaringcontainers

Page 142: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

Technicaldataandaccessories

142

18.3.3 X-Ex2 precision weighing platform with readability of 0.1 g, M platform

Technical data (limit values)Model X6001MX X12001MX

Maximumload 6100g 12100g

Maximumload,finerange – –

Readability 100mg 100mg

Readability,finerange – –

Taringrange 0…6100g 0…12100g

Repeatability(sd) 80mg 80mg

Repeatability(sd),finerange – –

Linearity 60mg 100mg

Eccentricloaddeviation(measuredat) 200mg(2kg) 200mg(5kg)

Sensitivityoffset 4x10-5∙Rnt 5x10-5∙Rnt

Sensitivitytemperaturedrift1) 1.5x10-5/ºC∙Rnt 1.5x10-5/ºC∙Rnt

Sensitivitystability2) 5x10-5/a∙Rnt 5x10-5/a∙Rnt

Settlingtime 0.8s 1.2s

Interfaceupdaterate 23/s 23/s

nternaladjustmentweigths3) 1 1

Dimensions(WxDxH)[mm] 240x278x110 240x278x110

Weighingpandimensions[mm] 237x237 237x237

Weight[kg] 6.9 6.9

Typical dataModel X6001MX X12001MX

Repeatability(sd)typical 40mg+3x10-6∙Rgr 40mg+1.5x10-6∙Rgr

Differentialnonlinearity(sd)typical √(1.5x10-8g∙Rnt) √(2.5x10-8g∙Rnt)

Differentialeccentricloaddeviation(sd)typical 8x10-6∙Rnt 3x10-6∙Rnt

Sensitivityoffset(sd)typical 1.2x10-5∙Rnt 1.2x10-5∙Rnt

Minimumweight4)(accordingtoUSP),typical 120g+9x10-3∙Rgr 120g+4.5x10-3∙Rgr

Minimumweight4)(acc.toUSP)finerange,typ. – –

Minimumweight4)(1%,2sd)typical 8g+6x10-4∙Rgr 8g+3x10-4∙Rgr

Minimumweight4)(1%,2sd)finerange,typ – –

Rgr = GrossweightRnt = Netweight(sampleweight)sd = Standarddeviationa = Year(annum)1) Inthetemperaturerange10…30°C2) Sensitivitydrift/yearafterputtingintooperationforthefirsttime,withtheFACTself-calibrationfunctionactivated3) TheadjustmentweightsoftheXSprecisionbalancesaremadefromstainlessantimagneticchrome-nickelsteel.

ThemassesoftheadjustmentweightsaretraceabletotheprototypekilogramwhichisthestandardunitofmasskeptinParis.4) Theminimumweightcanbeimprovedbythefollowingmeasures:

– Selectingsuitableweighingparameters – Choosingabetterlocation – Usingsmallertaringcontainers

Page 143: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

Technicaldataandaccessories

143

18.3.4 X-Ex2 precision weighing platform with readability of 0.1 g, L platform

Technical data (limit values)Model X32001LX X64001LX

Maximumload 32100g 64100g

Maximumload,finerange – –

Readability 0.1g 0.1g

Readability,finerange – –

Taringrange 0…32100g 0…64100g

Repeatability(sd) 0.08g 0.1g

Repeatability(sd),finerange – –

Linearity 0.3g 0.5g

Eccentricloaddeviation(measuredat) 0.3g(10kg) 0.5g(20kg)

Sensitivityoffset 3x10-5∙Rnt 2x10-5∙Rnt

Sensitivitytemperaturedrift1) 1x10-5/°C∙Rnt 1x10-5/°C∙Rnt

Sensitivitystability2) 3x10-5/a∙Rnt 5x10-5/a∙Rnt

Settlingtime 1.5s 1.8s

Interfaceupdaterate 23/s 23/s

nternaladjustmentweigths3) 1 1

Dimensions(WxDxH)[mm] 280x360x130 280x360x130

Weighingpandimensions[mm] 280x360 280x360

Weight[kg] 10.7 12.1

Typical dataModel X32001LX X64001LX

Repeatability(sd)typical 40mg+6x10-7∙Rgr 40mg+6x10-7∙Rgr

Differentialnonlinearity(sd)typical √(3x10-7 g∙Rnt) √(4x10-7g∙Rnt)

Differentialeccentricloaddeviation(sd)typical 1x10-5∙Rnt 8x10-6∙Rnt

Sensitivityoffset(sd)typical 5x10-6∙Rnt 3x10-6∙Rnt

Minimumweight4)(accordingtoUSP),typical 120g+1.8x10-3∙Rgr 120g+1.8x10-3∙Rgr

Minimumweight4)(acc.toUSP)finerange,typ. – –

Minimumweight4)(1%,2sd)typical 8g+1.2x10-4∙Rgr 8g+1.2x10-4∙Rgr

Minimumweight4)(1%,2sd)finerange,typ – –

Rgr = GrossweightRnt = Netweight(sampleweight)sd = Standarddeviationa = Year(annum)1) Inthetemperaturerange10…30°C2) Sensitivitydrift/yearafterputtingintooperationforthefirsttime,withtheFACTself-calibrationfunctionactivated3) TheadjustmentweightsoftheXSprecisionbalancesaremadefromstainlessantimagneticchrome-nickelsteel.

ThemassesoftheadjustmentweightsaretraceabletotheprototypekilogramwhichisthestandardunitofmasskeptinParis.4) Theminimumweightcanbeimprovedbythefollowingmeasures:

– Selectingsuitableweighingparameters – Choosingabetterlocation – Usingsmallertaringcontainers

Page 144: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

Technicaldataandaccessories

144

18.4 Dimensions of the Excellence XS-Ex2 precision balances

18.4.1 XS-Ex2 precision balances with readability of 0.1 mg, S platform with draft shield

178

156

199

214

172.

5

257

95

251

177

156

72

197128

366

58

77

95

248

356 36

3

3

115

Ø 90

Models:XS204SX

Page 145: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

Technicaldataandaccessories

145

178

127

127

156

199

214

172.

5

257

95

251

177

156

72

197128

366

58

77

95

248

356 36

3

3

115

Models: XS603SXXS1003SXXS5003SXDR

18.4.2 XS-Ex2 precision balances with readability of 1 mg, S platform with draft shield

Page 146: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

Technicaldataandaccessories

146

18.4.3 XS-Ex2 precision balances with readability of 10 mg, S platform with draftshield element

Models: XS4002SXXS6002SX

170

156

194

257

226

72

22197128

115

366

178

263

168

58

77 88 96

205

251

25

Page 147: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

Technicaldataandaccessories

147

18.4.4 XS-Ex2 precision balances with readability of 0.1 g, S platform

Models: XS4001SX

190

156

194

226

72

22197128

115

366

178

263

168

58

77

96

223

257

251

25

Page 148: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

Technicaldataandaccessories

148

18.4.5 XS-Ex2 precision balances with readability of 10 mg / 0.1 g, M platform

Models: XS6001MXXS6002MXDRXS12001MX

214

77.8

178

58

77

110

202

240

278

393

237

206.5135 3423

7

115

309

32

Page 149: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

Technicaldataandaccessories

149

280124

404

296

194 15

360

68

130

46

216156

124

77

174

18.4.6 XS-Ex2 precision balances with readability of 0.1 g / 1 g, L platform

Models: XS32001LXXS64001LXXS32000LXXS64000LX

Page 150: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

Technicaldataandaccessories

150

156

199

214

172.

5

257 3

95

251

177

156

Ø 90

72

197

5895

248

356 36

3

Models:X204SX

18.5 Dimensions of the Excellence X-Ex2 precision weighing platforms

18.5.1 X-Ex2 precision weighing platforms with readability of 0.1 mg, S platform with draft shield

Page 151: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

Technicaldataandaccessories

151

18.5.2 X-Ex2 precision weighing platforms with readability of 1 mg, S platform with draft shield

127

127

156

199

214

172.

5

257 3

95

251

177

156

72

197

5895

248

356 36

3

Models:X603SXX1003SXX5003SXDR

Page 152: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

Technicaldataandaccessories

152

170

156

194

257

226

72

22197

263

168

58

88 96

205

25

Models:X4002SXX6002SX

18.5.3 X-Ex2 precision weighing platforms with readability of 10 mg, S platform with draft shield ele-ment

Page 153: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

Technicaldataandaccessories

153

190

156

194

257

226

72

22197

263

168

58

96

223

25

Models:X4001SX

18.5.4 X-Ex2 precision weighing platforms with readability of 0.1 g, S platform

Page 154: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

Technicaldataandaccessories

154

Models:X6001MXX12001MX

214

77.8

58

110

202

240

309

278

237 x 237

206.5 34

32

18.5.5 X-Ex2 precision weighing platforms with readability of 0.1 g, M platform

Page 155: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

Technicaldataandaccessories

155

Models:X32001LXX64001LX

280

29615

360

68

130

46

216

18.5.6 X-Ex2 precision weighing platforms with readability of 0.1 g, L platform

Page 156: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

Technicaldataandaccessories

156

18.6 AccessoriesYoucanincreasethefunctionalityofyourbalancewithaccessoriesfromtheMETTLERTOLEDOrange.Thefollowingoptionsareavail-able:

Printer (Itisnot permitted to use theseunits in Ex hazadous areas !)

RS-P42:PrinterwithconnectioncableRS232,forrecordingresults 00229265

BT-P42:Bluetoothprinterwithwirelessconnectiontothebalance 11132540

Optional interfaces(secondinterfaces)

RS232C(secondRS232Cinterface) 11132500

BT(Bluetooth):Forwirelessconnectiontomax.7peripheralinstruments(XS-Ex2modelsonly) 11132530

BTS(Bluetooth):Forwirelessconnectionto1peripheralinstrument 11132535

Ethernet:ForconnectiontoanEthernetnetwork 11132515

Zweitanzeige (Itisnot permitted to use theseunits in Ex hazadous areas !)(displaysonlytheweightvalueandunit,ifdefined)

RS/LC-BLD:AuxiliarydisplaywithRS232&LCconnectionandexternalpowersupply,withtablestand 00224200

RS/LC-BLDS:AuxiliarydisplaywithRS232&LCconnectionfortablestandorbalancestand 11132630

BT-BLDbluetoothauxiliarydisplayforwirelessconnectiontobalancewithBTSinterface,withtablestand 11132555

Input/output devices

ErgoSens:programmablesensorforhands-offoperation,cablelength=0.6m 11132601

Density determination kit

For1mgmodels:Kitfordensitydeterminationofsolidsandliquids 11132680

Sinker10ml:fordensitydeterminationofliquids 00210260

Sinker10ml,certifiedmodel 00210672

Precisionthermometer,certifiedmodel 11132685

Weighing pans

Weighingpan(supportincluded),190mmx223mm 11132655

Weighingpan(supportanddraftshieldelementincluded),170mmx205mm 11132660

MPS(MagneticProtectionShield)weighingpanfor0.1gmodels,190mmx223mm 11132625

MPS(MagneticProtectionShield)weighingpanfor10mgmodels,170mmx205mm 11132626

Draft shield

Draftshield“MagicCube”,usableheigh175mm(0.1mgand1mgmodels) 11131650

Simpledraftshield,usableheigh175mm(10mgand0.1g*) 11131653*Forthe0.1gmodeltheweighingpanset“11132660”mustbeorderedadditionally.

Draftshieldtocovertheentirebalance,(WxDxH)300x450x450mm 11134430

Draftshieldtocovertheentirebalance,(WxDxH)550x470x580mm 11134470

Page 157: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

Technicaldataandaccessories

157

Protective covers

ProtectivecoverforXS-Ex2precisionbalanceswithSplatform,10mgand0.1gmodels 11132571

ProtectivecoverforXS-Ex2precisionbalanceswithMplatform,0.1gand1gmodels 11132572

ProtectivecoverforX-Ex2weighingplatforms,10mgund0.1gmodels(onlyforSplatform) 11133034

ProtectivecoverforX-Ex2weighingplatforms,(onlyforMplatform) 11132574

ProtectivecoverforXS-Ex2terminal(onlywithS+Mplatform) 11106870

ProtectivecoverforXS-Ex2terminal(onlywithLplatform) 11132573

Software

LabXprobalance 11120301

LabXlightbalance 11120317

LabXdirectbalance 11120340

Various

Anti-theftdevice(steelcable) 11600361

Hookforthehanger(onlyforLplatform) 11132565

Standforterminal,terminalhightoverweighingpan=0.3m(SandMplatform) 11132636

Standforterminal,terminalhightoverweighingpan=0.3m(Lplatform) 11132653

TransportcaseforXS-Ex2precisionbalanceswithSplatform,10mgund0.1gmodels 11132595

ProductioncertificatePRO 11106895

ValidationHandbookI 11120332

ValidationHandbookII 11120333

Page 158: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

Appendix

158

19 Appendix

19.1 Conversion table for weight units

Kilogram 1kg = 1000.0 g 1g = 0.001 kg

Milligram 1mg = 0.001 g 1g = 1000.0 mg

Microgram 1µg = 0.000001 g 1g = 1000000.0 µg

Carat 1ct = 0.2 g 1g = 5.0 ct

Pound 1lb = 453.59237 g 1g ≈ 0.00220462262184878 lb

Ounce(avdp) 1oz = 28.349523125 g 1g ≈ 0.0352739619495804 oz

Ounce(troy) 1ozt = 31.1034768 g 1g ≈ 0.0321507465686280 ozt

Grain 1GN = 0.06479891 g 1g ≈ 15.4323583529414 GN

Pennyweight 1dwt = 1.55517384 g 1g ≈ 0.643014931372560 dwt

Momme 1mom = 3.75 g 1g ≈ 0.266666666666667 mom

Mesghal 1msg ≈ 4.6083 g 1g ≈ 0.217 msg

TaelHongKong 1tlh = 37.429 g 1g ≈ 0.0267172513291833 tlh

TaelSingapore(Malaysia)

1tls ≈ 37.7993641666667 g 1g ≈ 0.0264554714621853 tls

TaelTaiwan 1tlt = 37.5 g 1g ≈ 0.0266666666666667 tlt

Tola 1tola = 11.6638038 g 1g ≈ 0.0857353241830079 tola

Baht 1baht = 15.16 g 1g ≈ 0.0659630606860158 baht

Page 159: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

Appendix

159

19.2 SOPs - standard operating procedures

InthedocumentationofaGLPtest,theSOPsareasmall,butveryimportantpart.

PracticalexperienceconfirmsthatSOPswrittenin-housearefollowedmuchbetterthanSOPswrittenbyananexternal,anonymoussource.

YouwillfindbelowabriefoverviewoftheresponsibilitiesinrelationtoSOPs,aswellasachecklistforcreatinganSOP.

Responsibilities in relation to SOPs

Headoftestinglaboratory InstructsSOPstobecreated

ApprovesSOPswithdateandsignature

Testingsupervisor EnsuresthatSOPsareavailable

ApprovesSOPsasdeputytolaboratoryhead

Employees FollowtheSOPsandotherguidelines

GLPqualityassurance CheckswhethervalidSOPsareavailable

CheckswhethertheSOPsarefollowed

Checkshowandwhenchangesaredocumente

Checklist for creating SOPs

Administrative matters YES NO

1. UseofSOPforms

2. Nameoftestinglaboratory

3. DateofcreationofSOP

4. ArchivereferenceforSOPs

5. Pagenumber(1ofn)

6. Title

7. Dateofrelease

8. Modificationnumber

9. Designationofdepartments/officesresponsibleforimplementation

10. Dateandsignaturesn:

a)Author

b)Personchecking

c)Personauthorizedtoapprove

11. Distributionlist

Page 160: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

Appendix

160

Contents of the SOP YES NO

1. Introductionandobjective

2. Materialrequired

3. Descriptionofworksteps

4. Descriptionofdocumentation

5. Dataprocessingandevaluation

6. Documents,samples,etc.,tobepreserved

7. Archivinginformation

Page 161: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

Appendix

161

19.3 Certificate of the issuing institution

19.3.1 Power supply PSX2

Page 162: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

Appendix

162

Page 163: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

Appendix

163

Page 164: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

Appendix

164

19.3.2 Balances XS-Ex2 and Platforms X-Ex2

Page 165: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

Appendix

165

Page 166: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

Appendix

166

Page 167: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

Index

167

20 IndexAACadapter 20Accessories 135, 156Accessrights 47Additivemode 73Adjustment 38Adjustment(calibration) 65Adjustmentwiththeinternalweight 75, 76Ambientconditions 42Application-specificsettings 33Application“Density” 85Application“DynamicWeighing” 114Application“Formulation” 78Application“LabXClient” 126Application“PercentWeighing” 99Application“PieceCounting” 104Application“Statistics” 69Application“Weighing” 51Applications 33Automaticzerosetting 42AutoZero 42Auxiliaryliquid 86, 91

BBackupcopy 130Balanceinformation 49Balanceparameters 41Barcodedata 61Battery 132Beep 117Bluetooth 25Brightnessofthedisplay 45

CCalibration 38Cautionarynotes 12Certificate 39Certificateoftheissuinginstitution 161Certifiedversionsofbalances 33, 43, 55Checkingtheadjustment 67Cleaning 133Cleaningagents 133Connectionofperipheraldevices 23Continuousmode 44Contrast 45Controls 31Conversiontableforweightunits 158

DDatabackup 129, 130Date 32, 46Densityapplication 85Densitystatistics 95Densitytable 98DimensionsoftheX-Ex2weighingplatforms 150DimensionsoftheXS-Ex2precisionbalances 144Dismantling 21Display 32Displaymode 32Disposal 13DynamicWeighing 114

Ee-LoaderII 127Energysavingfunction 48Environmentalconditions 135ErgoSens 48Errorandstatusmessages 131Errormessages 131Externaladjustmentweight 39Externalkeyboard 62Externaltestweight 40

FFACT 38, 65, 132Factorysettings 49Fixedreferencepiececount 105Footer 57Formulationapplication 78Freeweighingunit 55Fullyautomaticadjustment(calibration) 65Functionkeys 33, 53, 70, 79, 87, 100, 105, 115

GGammasphere 93Generaldata 135Gettingtoknowyourbalance 11GLP 159

HHanger 85Header 56

Page 168: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

Index

168

IIdentifiers 61, 63Individualvalues 57Infofields 100Informationfields 32, 54, 71, 80, 88, 106, 118InstallingACadapterPSX2 20Installingdraftshield/weighingpan 16Intendeduse 12Interface 43Introducing 11ISO14001 11ISO9001 11Itemcounter 63

KKeyboard 62Keys 30, 31

LLabXbalance 126LabXClient 126LabXlightbalance 126LabXprobalance 126Language 43Levelingthebalance/weighingplatform 19

MMarkingtheBalance/WeighingplatformandtheACAdapt-

er 22Materials 135Meanvalue 77Meanweight 76Minimumweight 116Model-specificdataoftheX-Ex2weighingplatforms 140Model-specificdataoftheXS-Ex2precisionbalances 136MT-SICS 27

OOperatingsequence 35Overload 131

PPassword 36, 47PercentWeighingapplication 99Peripheraldevices 23, 43Piececounting 104Placingtheterminal 17PNT 159powersupplyvoltage 20Printout 58Protectionandstandards 135protectionoftheinstrument 12

RReference 100Referencepiececount 105Referenceweight 102Relativestandarddeviation 77Reloadfunction 130Repeatability 42Resolution 63RS232 23RS232Cinterface 26

SSafetymeasuresduringoperation 13SecureID 129Securitysystem 36Selectingthelocation 19Seriesofweighings 73Service 132, 133Settingupthebalance 14Simpleweighing 30Sinker 85, 92SmartTrac 32Software 31, 33, 127Softwareupdates 127Solidbody 91SOPs-standardoperatingprocedures 159SpecialConditionsX 13SpecificationsoftheRS232Cinterface 26Stabilitydetector 30Standarddeviation 77Standardoperatingprocedures 159Statistics 69, 87, 122, 124Statisticsapplication 69Statusicons 32, 132Statusmessages 131, 132Summertime 46Switchbalanceoff 30Switchbalanceon 30Systemintegration 23Systemsettings 34, 37

TTargetvalue 83Taring 30Technicaldata 135Temperaturecriterion 65Terminal 31Terminalsettings 45Time 32, 46Tolerances 83Touchfunction 45Touchscreen 32

Page 169: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

Index

169

UUnderload 131Unpackingandcheckingthestandardequipment 14Unpackingthedraftshield 15Usageofdatainterface“RS232” 23Usageoftheoptionaldatainterface“Bluetooth” 25UserID 129

VValuerelease 42Volume 45

WWeighingapplication 51Weighingresult 32Weighingtype 42Weighingunit 32, 55Weightdisplay 32Weightdisplayflashes 131Wintertime 46

ZZeroadjustment 30Zerosetting 42

Page 170: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft
Page 171: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft
Page 172: Operating Instructions Excellence Precision Balances and ...€¦ · 2 Glass draft shield 3 Weighing pan 4 Draft shield element 5 Level indicator 6 Fastening point for anti-theft

To protect your METTLER TOLEDO product’s future:METTLER TOLEDO Service assures the quality, measuring accuracy and preservation of value of all METTLER TOLEDO products for years to come.Please send for full details about our attractive terms of service.Thank you.

Subjecttotechnicalchangesandtochangesintheaccessoriessuppliedwiththeinstruments.

©Mettler-ToledoAG200611780831APrintedinSwitzerland0612/2.12

Mettler-Toledo AG, Laboratory & Weighing Technologies,CH-8606Greifensee,SwitzerlandPhone+41-44-9442211,Fax+41-44-9443060,Internet:http://www.mt.com

*P11780831*